19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
DEMO KIT AVAILABLE
DS3101
Stratum 2/3E/3 Timing Card IC
www.maxim-ic.com
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
FEATURES
When paired with an external TCXO or OCXO, the
DS3101 is a highly integrated central timing and
synchronization solution for SONET/SDH network
elements. With 14 input clocks, the device directly
accepts both line timing from a large number of line
cards and external timing from external DS1/E1 BITS
transceivers. All input clocks are continuously monitored
for frequency accuracy and activity. Any two of the input
clocks can be selected as the references for the two
core DPLLs. The T0 DPLL complies with the Stratum 2,
3E, 3 4E and 4 requirements of GR-1244, GR-253,
G.812 Types I - IV, G.813 and G.8262. From the output
of the core DPLLs, a wide variety of output clock
frequencies and frame pulses can be produced
simultaneously on the 11 output clock pins. Two
DS3101 devices can be configured in a master/slave
arrangement for timing card equipment protection.
The DS3101 registers and I/O pins are backward
compatible with Semtech’s ACS8520 and ACS8530
timing card ICs. The DS3101 is functionally equivalent
to a DS3100 without integrated BITS transceivers.
APPLICATIONS
SONET/SDH ADMs, MSPPs, and MSSPs
Digital Cross-Connects
DSLAMs
Service Provider Routers
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
TIMING FROM
LINE CARDS AND
BITS/SSU RECEIVERS 14
(VARIOUS RATES)
DS3101
SONET/SDH
SYNCHRONIZATION
IC
11
TIMING TO
LINE CARDS AND
BITS/SSU TRANSMITTERS
(VARIOUS RATES)
Synchronization Subsystem for Stratum 2, 3E,
3, 4E, and 4, SMC, SEC and EEC
- Meets Requirements of GR-1244 Stratum 2 - 4,
GR-253, G.812 Types I - IV, G.813 and G.8262
- Stratum 2, 3E or 3 Holdover Accuracy with
Suitable External Oscillator
- Programmable Bandwidth, 0.5mHz to 70Hz
- Hitless Reference Switching on Loss of Input
- Phase Build-Out and Transient Absorption
- Locks To and Generates 125MHz for Gigabit
Synchronous Ethernet per ITU-T G.8261
14 Input Clocks
- 10 CMOS/TTL Inputs Accept 2kHz, 4kHz, and Any
Multiple of 8kHz Up to 125MHz
- Two LVDS/LVPECL/CMOS/TTL Inputs Accept
Nx8kHz Up to 125MHz Plus 155.52MHz
- Two 64kHz Composite Clock Receivers
- Continuous Input Clock Quality Monitoring
- Separate 2/4/8kHz Frame Sync Input
11 Output Clocks
- Five CMOS/TTL Outputs Drive Any Internally
Produced Clock Up to 77.76MHz
- Two LVDS Outputs Each Drive Any Internally
Produced Clock Up to 311.04MHz
- One 64kHz Composite Clock Transmitter
- One 1.544MHz/2.048MHz Output Clock
- Two Sync Pulses: 8kHz and 2kHz
- Output Clock Rates Include 2kHz, 8kHz, NxDS1,
NxDS2, DS3, NxE1, E3, 6.48MHz, 19.44MHz,
38.88 MHz, 51.84MHz, 62.5MHz, 77.76MHz,
125MHz, 155.52MHz, 311.04MHz
Internal Compensation for Master Clock
Oscillator Frequency Accuracy
Processor Interface: 8-Bit Parallel or SPI Serial
1.8V Operation with 3.3V I/O (5V Tolerant)
ORDERING INFORMATION
LOCAL TCXO
OR OCXO
PART
DS3101GN
DS3101GN+
CONTROL STATUS
TEMP RANGE
-40°C to +85°C
-40°C to +85°C
PIN-PACKAGE
256 CSBGA (17mm)2
256 CSBGA (17mm)2
+Denotes a lead(Pb)-free/RoHS-compliant package.
Note: Some revisions of this device may incorporate deviations from published specifications known as errata. Multiple revisions of any device
may be simultaneously available through various sales channels. For information about device errata, click here: www.maxim-ic.com/errata.
1 of 150
DS3101
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. STANDARDS COMPLIANCE ................................................................................................6
2. BLOCK DIAGRAM.................................................................................................................7
3. APPLICATION EXAMPLE .....................................................................................................8
4. DETAILED DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................................8
5. DETAILED FEATURES .......................................................................................................10
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
T0 DPLL FEATURES ....................................................................................................................10
T4 DPLL FEATURES ....................................................................................................................10
INPUT CLOCK FEATURES..............................................................................................................10
OUTPUT CLOCK FEATURES ..........................................................................................................11
REDUNDANCY FEATURES .............................................................................................................11
COMPOSITE CLOCK I/O FEATURES ...............................................................................................11
GENERAL FEATURES ...................................................................................................................11
6. PIN DESCRIPTIONS............................................................................................................12
7. FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION .............................................................................................18
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
OVERVIEW...................................................................................................................................18
DEVICE IDENTIFICATION AND PROTECTION....................................................................................19
LOCAL OSCILLATOR AND MASTER CLOCK CONFIGURATION ...........................................................19
INPUT CLOCK CONFIGURATION.....................................................................................................20
7.4.1
7.4.2
7.5
INPUT CLOCK QUALITY MONITORING ............................................................................................23
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
7.5.4
7.6
Priority Configuration .................................................................................................................... 25
Automatic Selection Algorithm ..................................................................................................... 25
Forced Selection........................................................................................................................... 26
Ultra-Fast Reference Switching.................................................................................................... 26
External Reference Switching Mode ............................................................................................ 26
Output Clock Phase Continuity During Reference Switching....................................................... 27
DPLL ARCHITECTURE AND CONFIGURATION .................................................................................27
7.7.1
7.7.2
7.7.3
7.7.4
7.7.5
7.7.6
7.7.7
7.7.8
7.7.9
7.7.10
7.7.11
7.7.12
7.7.13
7.8
Frequency Monitoring................................................................................................................... 23
Activity Monitoring ........................................................................................................................ 23
Selected Reference Activity Monitoring........................................................................................ 24
Composite Clock Inputs................................................................................................................ 24
INPUT CLOCK PRIORITY, SELECTION, AND SWITCHING ..................................................................25
7.6.1
7.6.2
7.6.3
7.6.4
7.6.5
7.6.6
7.7
Signal Format Configuration......................................................................................................... 20
Frequency Configuration .............................................................................................................. 22
T0 DPLL State Machine ............................................................................................................... 27
T4 DPLL State Machine ............................................................................................................... 30
Bandwidth..................................................................................................................................... 31
Damping Factor ............................................................................................................................ 32
Phase Detectors ........................................................................................................................... 32
Loss of Phase Lock Detection...................................................................................................... 33
Phase Monitor and Phase Build-Out ............................................................................................ 34
Input to Output Phase Adjustment ............................................................................................... 35
Phase Recalibration ..................................................................................................................... 35
Frequency and Phase Measurement ........................................................................................... 35
Input Wander and Jitter Tolerance ............................................................................................... 36
Jitter and Wander Transfer........................................................................................................... 36
Output Jitter and Wander ............................................................................................................. 37
OUTPUT CLOCK CONFIGURATION .................................................................................................38
7.8.1
Signal Format Configuration......................................................................................................... 39
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
2 of 150
DS3101
7.8.2
7.9
Frequency Configuration .............................................................................................................. 39
EQUIPMENT REDUNDANCY CONFIGURATION .................................................................................48
7.9.1
7.9.2
7.9.3
Master-Slave Pin Feature............................................................................................................. 49
Master-Slave Output Clock Phase Alignment .............................................................................. 49
Master-Slave Frame and Multiframe Alignment with the SYNC2K Pin........................................ 50
7.10 COMPOSITE CLOCK RECEIVERS AND TRANSMITTER ......................................................................52
7.10.1 IC1 and IC2 Receivers ................................................................................................................. 53
7.10.2 OC8 Transmitter ........................................................................................................................... 53
7.11 MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACES ..................................................................................................55
7.11.1 Parallel Interface Modes............................................................................................................... 55
7.11.2 SPI Interface Mode....................................................................................................................... 55
7.12 RESET LOGIC ..............................................................................................................................57
7.13 POWER-SUPPLY CONSIDERATIONS ..............................................................................................58
7.14 INITIALIZATION .............................................................................................................................58
8. REGISTER DESCRIPTIONS ...............................................................................................59
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
STATUS BITS ...............................................................................................................................59
CONFIGURATION FIELDS ..............................................................................................................59
MULTIREGISTER FIELDS ...............................................................................................................59
REGISTER DEFINITIONS ...............................................................................................................60
9. JTAG TEST ACCESS PORT AND BOUNDARY SCAN....................................................125
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
JTAG DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................................125
JTAG TAP CONTROLLER STATE MACHINE DESCRIPTION............................................................126
JTAG INSTRUCTION REGISTER AND INSTRUCTIONS ....................................................................128
JTAG TEST REGISTERS .............................................................................................................129
10. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS..................................................................................130
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
DC CHARACTERISTICS ...............................................................................................................130
INPUT CLOCK TIMING .................................................................................................................134
OUTPUT CLOCK TIMING .............................................................................................................134
PARALLEL INTERFACE TIMING ....................................................................................................135
SPI INTERFACE TIMING ..............................................................................................................138
JTAG INTERFACE TIMING...........................................................................................................139
11. PIN ASSIGNMENTS ..........................................................................................................140
12. PACKAGE INFORMATION ...............................................................................................145
12.1 256-PIN CSBGA (17MM X 17MM) ..............................................................................................145
13. THERMAL INFORMATION................................................................................................146
14. GLOSSARY .......................................................................................................................147
15. ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ...............................................................................148
16. TRADEMARK ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ..........................................................................148
17. DATA SHEET REVISION HISTORY..................................................................................149
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
3 of 150
DS3101
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 2-1. DS3101 Block Diagram ............................................................................................................................. 7
Figure 3-1. Typical Application Example ..................................................................................................................... 8
Figure 7-1. T0 DPLL State Transition Diagram ......................................................................................................... 28
Figure 7-2. T4 DPLL State Transition Diagram ......................................................................................................... 31
Figure 7-3. Typical MTIE for T0 DPLL Output ........................................................................................................... 37
Figure 7-4. Typical TDEV for T0 DPLL Output .......................................................................................................... 38
Figure 7-5. DPLL Block Diagram ............................................................................................................................... 40
Figure 7-6. OC10 8kHz Options ................................................................................................................................ 48
Figure 7-7. GR-378 Composite Clock Pulse Mask.................................................................................................... 54
Figure 7-8. SPI Clock Polarity and Phase Options.................................................................................................... 56
Figure 7-9. SPI Bus Transactions.............................................................................................................................. 57
Figure 9-1. JTAG Block Diagram............................................................................................................................. 125
Figure 9-2. JTAG TAP Controller State Machine .................................................................................................... 127
Figure 10-1. Recommended Termination for LVDS Pins ........................................................................................ 131
Figure 10-2. Recommended Termination for LVPECL Pins.................................................................................... 132
Figure 10-3. Recommended External Components for AMI Composite Clock Pins ............................................... 133
Figure 10-4. Parallel Interface Timing Diagram (Nonmultiplexed) .......................................................................... 136
Figure 10-5. Parallel Interface Timing Diagram (Multiplexed) ................................................................................. 137
Figure 10-6. SPI Interface Timing Diagram ............................................................................................................. 138
Figure 10-7. JTAG Timing Diagram......................................................................................................................... 139
Figure 11-1. DS3101 Pin Assignment—Left Half .................................................................................................... 143
Figure 11-2. DS3101 Pin Assignment—Right Half.................................................................................................. 144
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
4 of 150
DS3101
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1. Applicable Telecom Standards................................................................................................................... 6
Table 6-1. Input Clock Pin Descriptions .................................................................................................................... 12
Table 6-2. Output Clock Pin Descriptions.................................................................................................................. 13
Table 6-3. Global Pin Descriptions ............................................................................................................................ 14
Table 6-4. Parallel Interface Pin Descriptions ........................................................................................................... 15
Table 6-5. SPI Bus Mode Pin Descriptions ............................................................................................................... 16
Table 6-6. JTAG Interface Pin Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 16
Table 6-7. General-Purpose I/O Pin Descriptions ..................................................................................................... 16
Table 6-8. Power-Supply Pin Descriptions ................................................................................................................ 17
Table 7-1. GR-1244 Stratum 2/3E/3 Stability Requirements..................................................................................... 19
Table 7-2. Input Clock Capabilities ............................................................................................................................ 21
Table 7-3. Locking Frequency Modes ....................................................................................................................... 22
Table 7-4. Default Input Clock Priorities .................................................................................................................... 25
Table 7-5. Damping Factors and Peak Jitter/Wander Gain....................................................................................... 32
Table 7-6. T0 Adaptation for T4 Phase Measurement Mode .................................................................................... 36
Table 7-7. Output Clock Capabilities ......................................................................................................................... 38
Table 7-8. Digital1 and Digital2 Frequencies............................................................................................................. 41
Table 7-9. APLL Frequency to Output Frequencies (T0 and T4) .............................................................................. 42
Table 7-10. T0 APLL Frequency to T0 Path Configuration ....................................................................................... 42
Table 7-11. T4 APLL Frequency to T4 Path Configuration ....................................................................................... 43
Table 7-12. OC1 to OC7 Output Frequency Selection .............................................................................................. 44
Table 7-13. Possible Frequencies for OC1 to OC7 ................................................................................................... 44
Table 7-14. Equipment Redundancy Methodology ................................................................................................... 48
Table 7-15. Composite Clock Variations ................................................................................................................... 52
Table 7-16. GR-378 Composite Clock Interface Specification .................................................................................. 54
Table 7-17. G.703 Synchronization Interfaces Specification..................................................................................... 54
Table 7-18. Microprocessor Interface Modes ............................................................................................................ 55
Table 8-1. Top-Level Memory Map............................................................................................................................ 59
Table 8-2. Register Map ............................................................................................................................................ 60
Table 9-1. JTAG Instruction Codes ......................................................................................................................... 128
Table 9-2. JTAG ID Code ........................................................................................................................................ 129
Table 10-1. Recommended DC Operating Conditions ............................................................................................ 130
Table 10-2. DC Characteristics................................................................................................................................ 130
Table 10-3. CMOS/TTL Pins ................................................................................................................................... 131
Table 10-4. LVDS Pins ............................................................................................................................................ 131
Table 10-5. LVPECL Pins........................................................................................................................................ 132
Table 10-6. AMI Composite Clock Pins ................................................................................................................... 133
Table 10-7. Recommended External Components for Output Clock OC8.............................................................. 133
Table 10-8. Input Clock Timing................................................................................................................................ 134
Table 10-9. Input Clock to Output Clock Delay ....................................................................................................... 134
Table 10-10. Output Clock Phase Alignment, Frame Sync Alignment Mode......................................................... 134
Table 10-11. Parallel Interface Timing..................................................................................................................... 135
Table 10-12. SPI Interface Timing ........................................................................................................................... 138
Table 10-13. JTAG Interface Timing........................................................................................................................ 139
Table 11-1. Pin Assignments Sorted by Signal Name............................................................................................. 140
Table 13-1. Thermal Properties, Natural Convection .............................................................................................. 146
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
5 of 150
DS3101
1.
STANDARDS COMPLIANCE
Table 1-1. Applicable Telecom Standards
SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION TITLE
ANSI
T1.101
T1.102
TIA/EIA-644-A
ETSI
Synchronization Interface Standard, 1999
Digital Hierarchy—Electrical Interfaces, 1993
Electrical Characteristics of Low Voltage Differential Signaling (LVDS) Interface Circuits, 2001
EN 300 417-6-1
EN 300 462-3-1
EN 300 462-5-1
IEEE
IEEE 1149.1
ITU-T
G.781
G.783
G.812
G.813
G.823
G.824
G.825
G.8262
TELCORDIA
GR-253-CORE
GR-378-CORE
GR-1244-CORE
Transmission and Multiplexing (TM); Generic Requirements of Transport Functionality of
Equipment; Part 6-1: Synchronization Layer Functions, v1.1.3 (1999-05)
Transmission and Multiplexing (TM); Generic Requirements for Synchronization Networks;
Part 3-1: The Control of Jitter and Wander within Synchronization Networks, v1.1.1 (1998-05)
Transmission and Multiplexing (TM); Generic Requirements for Synchronization Networks;
Part 5-1: Timing Characteristics of Slave Clocks Suitable for Operation in Synchronous Digital
Hierarchy (SDH) Equipment, v1.1.1 (1998-05)
Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture, 1990
Synchronization Layer Functions (06/1999)
ITU G.783 Characteristics of Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) Equipment Functional
Blocks (10/2000 plus Amendment 1 06/2002 and Corrigendum 2 03/2003)
Timing Requirements of Slave Clocks Suitable for Use as Node Clocks in Synchronization
Networks (06/1998)
Timing characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks (SEC) (03/2003)
The Control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are Based on the 2048kbps
Hierarchy (03/2000)
The Control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are Based on the 1544kbps
Hierarchy (03/2000)
The Control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are Based on the
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) (03/2000)
Timing characteristics of synchronous Ethernet equipment slave clock (EEC) (08/2007)
SONET Transport Systems: Common Generic Criteria, Issue 3, September 2000
Generic Requirements for Timing Signal Generators, Issue 2, February 1999
Clocks for the Synchronized Network: Common Generic Criteria, Issue 2, December 2000
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
6 of 150
DS3101
2.
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Figure 2-1. DS3101 Block Diagram
CC Rx
IC2A
IC1
IC2
IC3
IC4
IC5 POS/NEG
IC6 POS/NEG
IC7
IC8
IC9
IC10
IC11
IC12
IC13
IC14
Input
Clock
Selector,
Divider
and
Monitor
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
Output
Clock
Synthesizer
and
Selector
DS3101
OC1
OC2
OC3
OC4
OC5
OC6 POS/NEG
OC7 POS/NEG
CC Tx
Master Clock
Generator
Microprocessor Port
(8-bit Parallel or SPI Serial)
and HW Control and Status Pins
WDT
WDT
JTAG
OC8 POS/NEG
OC9
OC10
OC11
T0 DPLL
HIZ
RST
IFSEL[2:0]
CS
WR / R/W
RD / DS
ALE
A[8:0]
AD7 / CPOL
AD6 / CPHA
AD[5:3]
AD2 / SCLK
AD1 / SDI
AD0 / SDO
RDY
INTREQ
MASTSLV
SONSDH
SRCSW
SRFAIL
GPIO[4:1]
JTRST
JTMS
JTCLK
JTDI
JTDO
T4 DPLL
CC Rx
SYNC2K
IC1A
REFCLK
TCXO or
OCXO
7 of 150
DS3101
3.
APPLICATION EXAMPLE
Figure 3-1. Typical Application Example
activty and frequency
monitoring, select highest
priority valid input
Backplane
create derived DS1 or E1/2048
kHz clock from 19.44 MHz
frequency locked to line clock
create DS1/E1 frames, insert
SSMs, transmit DS1, E1 or
2048 kHz sync signal
Timing Card (1 of 2)
micro
controller
N
<0>
DS3100
Monitor,
Divider,
Selector
BITS
Tx
T4 DPLL
T4 APLL
to BITS/SSU
BITS
Tx
TCXO or
OCXO
N
DS1, E1 or
2048 kHz
T0 APLL
T0 DPLL
Monitor,
Divider,
Selector
typically 19.44 MHz
point-to-point
or multidrop buses
BITS
Rx
from BITS/SSU
BITS
Rx
DS1, E1 or
2048 kHz
N
<0>
Identical to Timing Card 1
N
<1>
clock/data recovery,
equalizer, framer,
extract SSMs
Timing Card (2 of 2)
Stratum 2, 3E, or 3:
jitter/wander filtering,
hitless switching,
phase adjust,
holdover
Line Card (1 of N)
<1>
<1>
<1>
divide line clock down
to backplane rate,
send to timing cards
<N>
Line Card (N of N)
<N>
<N>
<N>
DPLL
select best system clock,
hitless switching,
basic holdover
4.
APLL
to port SERDES
clock
multiplication,
jitter cleanup
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-1 illustrates the blocks described in this section and how they relate to one another. Section 5 provides a
detailed feature list.
The DS3101 is a highly integrated timing card IC for systems with SONET/SDH ports. At the core of this device are
two digital phase-locked loops (DPLLs) labeled T0 and T4 1. DPLL technology makes uses of digital-signal
processing (DSP) and digital-frequency synthesis (DFS) techniques to implement PLLs that are precise, flexible,
and have consistent performance over voltage, temperature, and manufacturing process variations. The DS3101’s
DPLLs are digitally configurable for input and output frequencies, loop bandwidth, damping factor, pull-in/hold-in
range, and a variety of other factors. Both DPLLs can directly lock to many common telecom frequencies and also
can lock at 8kHz to any multiple of 8kHz up to 155.52MHz. The DPLLs can also tolerate and filter significant
amounts of jitter and wander.
1
These names are adapted from output ports of the SETS function specified in ITU and ETSI standards such as ETSI EN 300 462-2-1.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
8 of 150
DS3101
The T0 DPLL is responsible for generating the system clocks used to time the outgoing traffic interfaces of the
system (SONET/SDH, synchronous Ethernet, etc.). To perform this role in a variety of systems with diverse
performance requirements, the T0 DPLL has a sophisticated feature set and is highly configurable. T0 can
automatically transition among free-run, locked and holdover states all without software intervention. In free-run, T0
generates a stable, low-noise clock with the same frequency accuracy as the external oscillator connected to the
REFCLK pin. With software calibration the DS3101 can even improve the accuracy to within ±0.02 ppm. When an
input reference has been validated, T0 transitions to the locked state in which its output clock accuracy is equal to
the accuracy of the input reference. While in the locked state, T0 acquires a high-accuracylong-term average
frequency value to use as the holdover frequency. When its selected reference fails, T0 can very quickly detect the
failure and enter the holdover state to avoid affecting its output clock. From holdover it can automatically switch to
the next highest priority input reference, again without affecting its output clock (hitless switching). Switching
among input references can be either revertive or nonrevertive. When all input references are lost, T0 stays in
holdover in which it generates a stable low-noise clock with initial frequency accuracy equal to its stored holdover
value and drift performance determined by the quality of the external oscillator. With a suitable local oscillator the
T0 DPLL provides holdover performance suitable for all applications up to and including Stratum 2. T0 can also
perform phase build-outs and fine-granularity output clock phase adjustments.
The T4 DPLL has a much less demanding role to play and therefore is much simpler than T0. Often T4 is used as
a frequency converter to create a derived DS1- or E1-rate clock (frequency locked to an incoming SONET/SDH
port) to be sent to a nearby BITS Timing Signal Generator (TSG, Telcordia terminology) or Synchronization Supply
Unit (SSU, ITU-T terminology). In other cases T4 is phase-locked to T0 and used as a frequency converter to
produce additional output clock rates for use within the system, such as NxDS1, NxE1, NxDS2, DS3, E3, or
125MHz for synchronous Ethernet. T4 can also be configured as a measuring tool to measure the frequency of an
input reference or the phase difference between two input references.
At the front end of both the T0 and T4 DPLLs is the Input Clock Selector, Divider, and Monitor (ICSDM) block. This
block continuously monitors as many as 14 different input clocks of various frequencies for activity and frequency
accuracy. In addition, ICSDM maintains separate input clock priority tables for the T0 and T4 DPLLs and can
automatically select and provide the highest priority valid clock to each DPLL without any software intervention.
The ICSDM block can also divide the selected clock down to 8kHz if required by the DPLL.
In addition to digital clock signals from system line cards, the DS3101 can also directly receive up to two 64kHz
composite clock signals on its IC1A and IC2A pins. These signals typically come from a nearby BITS Timing Signal
Generator or SSU to provide external timing to the system.
The Output Clock Synthesizer and Selector (OCSS) block shown in Figure 2-1 contains the T0 output APLL, the T4
output APLL, clock divider logic, and additional output DFS blocks. The T0 and T4 APLLs multiply the clock rates
from the DPLLs by four and simulataneously attenuate jitter. Using the different settings of the T0 and T4 DPLLs
and the output divider logic, the DS3101 can produce more than 60 different output frequencies including common
SONET/SDH, PDH and synchronous Ethernet rates plus 2kHz and 8kHz frame pulses.
In addition to creating digital clock signals for use within the system, the DS3101 can also directly transmit one
composite clock signal on its OC8 pin. This signal typically conveys the recovered timing from one SONET/SDH
port to a nearby BITS timing-signal generator or SSU which in turn distributes timing to the whole central office.
The entire chip is clocked from the external oscillator connected to the REFCLK pin. Thus the free-run and
holdover stability of the DS3101-based timing card is entirely a function of the stability of the external oscillator, the
performance of which can be selected to match the application: TCXO, OCXO, double-oven OCXO, etc. The
12.8MHz clock from the external oscillator is multiplied by sixteen by the Master Clock Generator block to create
the 204.8MHz master clock used by the rest of the device. Since every block on the device depends on the master
clock and therefore the local oscillator clock for proper operation, the master clock generator has a watchdog timer
(WDT) function that can be used to signal a local microprocessor in the event of a local oscillator clock failure.
The DS3101 also has several features to support master/slave timing card redundancy and protection. Two
DS3101 devices on redundant cards can be configured to maintain the same priority tables, choose the same input
references, and generate output clocks and frame syncs with the same frequency and phase.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
9 of 150
DS3101
5.
DETAILED FEATURES
5.1
T0 DPLL Features
5.2
5.3
High-resolution DPLL plus low-jitter output APLL
Sophisticated state machine automatically transitions between free-run, locked, and holdover states
Revertive or nonrevertive reference selection algorithm
Programmable bandwidth in 18 steps from 0.5mHz to 70Hz
Separately configurable acquisition bandwidth and locked bandwidth
Programmable damping factor to balance lock time with peaking: 1.2, 2.5, 5, 10, or 20
Multiple phase detectors: phase/frequency, early/late, and multicycle
Phase/frequency locking (±360° capture) or nearest-edge phase locking (±180° capture)
Multicycle phase detection and locking (up to ±8191UI) improves jitter tolerance and lock time
Phase build-out in response to input phase transients (1 to 3.5μs)
Phase build-out in response to reference switching
Less than 5ns output clock phase transient during phase build-out
Output phase adjustment up to ±200ns in 6ps steps with respect to selected input reference
High-resolution frequency and phase measurement
Holdover frequency averaging with 8- or 110-minute intervals
APLL frequency options suitable for N x 19.44MHz, N x DS1, and N x E1
Low-jitter frame sync (8kHz) and multiframe sync (2kHz) outputs on OC10 and OC11
2kHz and 8kHz clocks available on OC1 through OC7 with programmable polarity and pulse width
T4 DPLL Features
High-resolution DPLL plus low-jitter output APLL
Programmable bandwidth: 18Hz, 35Hz, or 70Hz
Programmable damping factor to balance lock time with peaking: 1.2, 2.5, 5, 10, or 20
Multiple phase detectors: phase/frequency, early/late, and multicycle
Phase/frequency locking (±360° capture) or nearest-edge phase locking (±180° capture)
Multicycle phase detection and locking (up to ±8191UI) improves jitter tolerance and lock time
APLL frequency options suitable for N x 19.44MHz, N x DS1, N x E1, DS3, E3, 6312kHz, and N x 62.5MHz (for
Gigabit Ethernet)
2kHz and 8kHz clocks available on OC1 through OC7 with programmable polarity and pulse width
Can operate independently or locked to T0 DPLL
Phase detector can be used to measure phase difference between two input clocks
Input Clock Features
14 input clocks
10 programmable-frequency CMOS/TTL input clocks accept any multiple of 8kHz up to 125MHz
Two LVDS/LVPECL/CMOS/TTL input clocks accept any multiple of 8kHz up to 125MHz plus 155.52MHz
Two 64kHz composite clock receivers (AMI format) that can also be configured as programmable-frequency
CMOS/TTL input clocks if needed
All 14 input clocks are constantly monitored by programmable frequency monitors and activity monitors
Fast activity monitor can disqualify the selected reference after two missing clock cycles
Separate 2/4/8kHz sync input
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
10 of 150
DS3101
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
Output Clock Features
11 output clocks
Five programmable-frequency CMOS/TTL output clocks drive any internally produced clock up 77.76MHz
Two programmable-frequency LVDS output clocks drive any internally produced clock up to 311.04MHz
Two sync pulses, 2kHz and 8kHz, can be disciplined by a 2kHz or 8kHz sync input
One 1.544MHz/2.048MHz output clock
One 64kHz composite clock output (AMI format)
Output clock rates include 2kHz, 8kHz, NxDS1, NxDS2, DS3, NxE1, E3, 19.44MHz, 38.88MHz, 51.84MHz,
62.5MHz, 77.76MHz, 125.0MHz, 155.52MHz, and 311.04MHz
Outputs at even divisors of 311.04MHz have less than 0.5ns peak-to-peak output jitter
Redundancy Features
Devices on redundant timing cards can be configured for master/slave operation
Clocks and frame syncs can be cross-wired between devices to ensure that slave always tracks master
Master/slave mode pin can auto-configure slave to track master with no phase build-out and wider bandwidth
Input clock priority tables can easily be kept synchronized between master and slave
Composite Clock I/O Features
Two composite clock receivers and one composite clock transmitter (all AMI format)
Compliant with Telcordia GR-378 composite clock, G.703 centralized clock, and G.703 Appendix II.1 Japanese
synchronization interfaces
Configurable for 50% or 5/8 duty cycle, 1V or 3V pulse amplitude, and 110Ω/120Ω/133Ω termination
Received signals are monitored for LOS, AMI violations, presence/absence of the 8 kHz component, and
presence/absence of the 400Hz component (for G.703 Appendix II.1 option b)
Transmitter can generate or suppress the 8kHz component and/or the 400 Hz component (for G.703 Appendix
II.1 option b)
Composite clock receiver inputs can be configured as programmable-frequency CMOS/TTL inputs if composite
clock support is not needed
General Features
Operates from a single external 12.800MHz local oscillator (TCXO or OCXO)
On-chip local oscillator watchdog circuit
Microprocessor interface can be 8-bit parallel (Intel or Motorola, multiplexed or nonmultiplexed) or SPI serial
Register set can be write-protected
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
11 of 150
DS3101
6.
PIN DESCRIPTIONS
Table 6-1. Input Clock Pin Descriptions
PIN
NAME(1)
TYPE(2)
H1
REFCLK
I
P6
IC1A
I
A10
IC1
IPD
P7
IC2A
I
B10
IC2
IPD
C10
IC3
IPD
Input Clock 3. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 8kHz).
A11
IC4
IPD
Input Clock 4. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 8kHz).
B5
IC5POS
A5
IC5NEG
B4
IC6POS
A4
IC6NEG
B11
IC7
IPD
Input Clock 7. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 19.44MHz).
C11
IC8
IPD
Input Clock 8. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 19.44MHz).
A12
IC9
IPD
Input Clock 9. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 19.44MHz).
B12
IC10
IPD
Input Clock 10. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 19.44MHz).
A13
IC11
IPD
Input Clock 11. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 19.44MHz in master
mode, 6.48MHz in slave mode).
C12
IC12
IPD
Input Clock 12. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 1.544/2.048MHz).
B13
IC13
IPD
Input Clock 13. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 1.544/2.048MHz).
A14
IC14
IPD
Input Clock 14. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 1.544/2.048MHz).
B14
SYNC2K
IPD
Frame Sync Input. 2kHz, 4kHz, or 8kHz.
IA, IA
IA, IA
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
FUNCTION
Reference Clock. Connect to a 12.800MHz, high-accuracy, high-stability, low-noise
local oscillator (TCXO or OCXO). See Section 7.3.
Input Clock 1 AMI. AMI 64kHz composite clock. Enabled when MCR5:IC1SF = 0.
See Section 7.10.1, Table 10-6, and Figure 10-3.
Input Clock 1. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 8kHz). Enabled when
MCR5:IC1SF = 1. See Section 7.10.1.
Input Clock 2 AMI. AMI 64kHz composite clock. Enabled when MCR5:IC2SF = 0.
See Section 7.10.1, Table 10-6, and Figure 10-3.
Input Clock 2. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 8kHz). Enabled when
MCR5:IC2SF = 1. See Section 7.10.1.
Input Clock 5. LVDS/LVPECL. Programmable frequency (default 19.44MHz LVDS).
LVDS: See Table 10-4 and Figure 10-1.
LVPECL: See Table 10-5 and Figure 10-2.
CMOS/TTL: Bias IC5NEG to 1.4V and connect the single-ended signal to IC5POS.
Input Clock 6. LVDS/LVPECL. Programmable frequency (default 19.44MHz
LVPECL).
LVDS: See Table 10-4 and Figure 10-1.
LVPECL: See Table 10-5 and Figure 10-2.
CMOS/TTL: Bias IC6NEG to 1.4V and connect the single-ended signal to IC6POS.
12 of 150
DS3101
Table 6-2. Output Clock Pin Descriptions
PIN
NAME(1)
TYPE(2)
C6
OC1
O3
Output Clock 1. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 6.48MHz).
A7
OC2
O3
Output Clock 2. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 38.88MHz).
B7
OC3
O3
Output Clock 3. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 19.44MHz).
C7
OC4
O3
Output Clock 4. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 38.88MHz).
A8
OC5
O3
Output Clock 5. CMOS/TTL. Programmable frequency (default 77.76MHz).
B3
OC6POS
O3
Output Clock 6. LVDS. Programmable frequency (default 38.88MHz LVDS).
See Table 10-4 and Figure 10-1.
O3
Output Clock 7. LVDS. Programmable frequency (default 19.44MHz LVDS).
See Table 10-4 and Figure 10-1.
O3
Output Clock 8. AMI. 64kHz composite clock. See Section 7.10.2, Table 10-6, and
Figure 10-3.
A3
OC6NEG
C2
OC7POS
C1
OC7NEG
C8
OC8POS
FUNCTION
B8
OC8NEG
A9
OC9
O3
Output Clock 9. CMOS/TTL. 1.544/2.048MHz.
B9
OC10
O3
Output Clock 10. CMOS/TTL. 8kHz frame sync or clock.
C9
OC11
O3
Output Clock 11. CMOS/TTL. 2kHz multiframe sync or clock.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
13 of 150
DS3101
Table 6-3. Global Pin Descriptions
PIN
NAME(1)
TYPE(2)
FUNCTION
B6
RST
IPU
Active-Low Reset. When this global asynchronous reset is pulled low, all internal circuitry
is reset to default values. The device is held in reset as long as RST is low. RST should be
held low for at least two REFCLK cycles.
R14
HIZ
IPU
Acitve-Low High-Z Enable Input. The JTRST pin must be low to activate this function.
0 = Put all output pins in a high-impedance state
1 = Normal operation
N1
IFSEL0
N2
IFSEL1
P1
IFSEL2
R11
MASTSLV
IPD
IPU
Microprocessor Interface Select. During reset, the value on these pins is latched into the
IFSEL field of the IFCR register. See Section 7.11.
010 = Intel bus mode (multiplexed)
011 = Intel bus mode (nonmultiplexed)
100 = Motorola mode (nonmultiplexed)
101 = SPI mode (address and data transmitted LSB first)
110 = Motorola mode (multiplexed)
111 = SPI mode (address and data transmitted MSB first)
000, 001 = {unused value}
Master/Slave Select Input. Sets the state of the MASTSLV bit in the MCR3 register.
0 = slave mode
1 = master mode
M3
SONSDH
IPD
SONET/SDH Frequency Select Input. Sets the reset-default state of the SONSDH bit in
MCR3, the DIG1SS and DIG2SS bits in MCR6, and the OC9SON bit in T4CR1.
0 = SDH rates (N x 2.048MHz)
1 = SONET rates (N x 1.544MHz)
M2
SRCSW
IPD
Source Switching. Fast source switching control input. See Section 7.6.5.
J2
SRFAIL
O3
SRFAIL Status. When MCR10:SRFPIN = 1, this pin follows the state of the SRFAIL status
bit in the MSR2 register. This gives the system a very fast indication of the failure of the
current reference. When MCR10:SRFPIN = 0, SRFAIL is disabled (low).
C5
WDT
IA
Watchdog Timer. Analog node for the REFCLK watchdog timer. Connect to a resistor (R)
to VDDIO and a capacitor (C) to ground. Suggested values are R = 20kΩ and
C = 0.01μF. See Section 7.3.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
14 of 150
DS3101
Table 6-4. Parallel Interface Pin Descriptions
Note: These pins are active in Intel and Motorola bus modes. See Section 7.11.1 for functional description and Section 10.4 for timing
specifications.
PIN
NAME(1)
TYPE(2)
FUNCTION
K14
ALE
IPD
Address Latch Enable. This signal controls the address latch. In nonmultiplexed bus
modes, the address is latched from A[8:0]. In these modes, ALE is typically wired high to
make the latch transparent. In multiplexed bus modes, the address is latched from A[8]
and AD[7:0].
J16
CS
IPU
Active-Low Chip Select. This pin must be asserted (low) to read or write internal
registers.
J15
WR/R/W
IPU
J14
RD/DS
IPU
E16
F15
G14
F16
G15
H14
G16
H15
H16
C14
D14
E14
C15
D15
C16
D16
E15
A[8]
A[7]
A[6]
A[5]
A[4]
A[3]
A[2]
A[1]
A[0]
AD[7]
AD[6]
AD[5]
AD[4]
AD[3]
AD[2]
AD[1]
AD[0]
B15
RDY
A15
INTREQ
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
Active-Low Write Enable or Read/Active-Low Write Select. For Intel bus modes, WR
is asserted to write internal registers. For Motorola bus modes, R/W = 1 indicates a read
and R/W = 0 indicates a write.
Active-Low Read Enable or Active-Low Data Strobe. For the Intel-style interface
modes, RD is asserted (low) to read internal registers. For the Motorola-style interface
modes, the falling edge of DS enables data output on AD[7:0] during reads while the
rising edge of DS latches data from AD[7:0] during writes.
IPD
Address Bus. In nonmultiplexed bus modes, these inputs specify the address of the
internal register to be accessed. In multiplexed bus modes, the address is specified on
A[8] and AD[7:0], while A[7:0] are not used and should be wired high or low.
I/O
Address/Data Bus. In both multiplexed and nonmultiplexed bus modes, these pins are
an 8-bit data bus. In multiplexed bus modes, these pins also convey the lower 8 bits of
the register address.
O
Active-Low Ready/Data Acknowledge. This pin is asserted when the device has
completed a read or write operation.
O
Interrupt Request. The behavior of this pin is configured in the INTCR register. Polarity
can be active high or active low. Drive action can be push-pull or open drain. The pin
can also be configured as a general-purpose output if the interrupt request function is
not needed.
15 of 150
DS3101
Table 6-5. SPI Bus Mode Pin Descriptions
Note: These pins are active in SPI interface modes. See Section 7.11.2 for functional description and Section 10.5 for timing specifications.
PIN
NAME(1)
TYPE(2)
FUNCTION
J16
CS
IPU
Active-Low Chip Select. This pin must be asserted to read or write internal registers.
C16
SCLK
I
Serial Clock. SCLK is always driven by the SPI bus master.
D16
SDI
I
Serial Data Input. The SPI bus master transmits data to the device on this pin.
E15
SDO
O
Serial Data Output. The device transmits data to the SPI bus master on this pin.
D14
CPHA
I
Clock Phase. See Section Figure 7-8.
0 = data is latched on the leading edge of the SCLK pulse
1 = data is latched on the trailing edge of the SCLK pulse
C14
CPOL
I
Clock Polarity. See Section Figure 7-8.
0 = SCLK is normally low and pulses high during bus transactions
1 = SCLK is normally high and pulses low during bus transactions
O
Interrupt Request. The behavior of this pin is configured in the INTCR register.
Polarity can be active high or active low. Drive action can be push-pull or open drain.
The pin can also be configured as a general-purpose output if the interrupt request
function is not needed.
A15
INTREQ
Table 6-6. JTAG Interface Pin Descriptions
Note: See Section 9 for functional description and Section 10.6 for timing specifications.
PIN
NAME(1)
TYPE(2)
T8
JTRST
IPU
R8
JTCLK
I
JTAG Clock. Shifts data into JTDI on the rising edge and out of JTDO on the falling
edge. If not used, JTCLK can be held low or high.
R9
JTDI
IPU
JTAG Test Data Input. Test instructions and data are clocked in on this pin on the
rising edge of JTCLK. If not used, JTDI can be held low or high.
P9
JTDO
O
JTAG Test Data Output. Test instructions and data are clocked out on this pin on the
falling edge of JTCLK. If not used, leave floating.
T9
JTMS
IPU
JTAG Test Mode Select. Sampled on the rising edge of JTCLK and is used to place
the port into the various defined IEEE 1149.1 states. If not used, connect to VDDIO or
leave floating.
FUNCTION
Active-Low JTAG Test Reset. Asynchronously resets the test access port (TAP)
controller. If not used, JTRST can be held low or high.
Table 6-7. General-Purpose I/O Pin Descriptions
PIN
NAME(1)
TYPE(2)
E2
GPIO1
I/O
F3
GPIO2
I/O
H2
GPIO3
I/O
J1
GPIO4
I/O
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
FUNCTION
General-Purpose I/O Pin 1. GPCR:GPIO1D configures this pin as an input or an
output. GPCR:GPIO1O specifies the output value. GPSR:GPIO1 indicates the state of
the pin.
General-Purpose I/O Pin 2. GPCR:GPIO2D configures this pin as an input or an
output. GPCR:GPIO2O specifies the output value. GPSR:GPIO2 indicates the state of
the pin.
General-Purpose I/O Pin 3. GPCR:GPIO3D configures this pin as an input or an
output. GPCR:GPIO3O specifies the output value. GPSR:GPIO3 indicates the state of
the pin.
General-Purpose I/O Pin 4. GPCR:GPIO4D configures this pin as an input or an
output. GPCR:GPIO4O specifies the output value. GPSR:GPIO4 indicates the state of
the pin.
16 of 150
DS3101
Table 6-8. Power-Supply Pin Descriptions
PIN
NAME(1)
TYPE(2)
VDD
P
Core Power Supply. 1.8V ±10%
VDDIO
P
I/O Power Supply. 3.3V ±10%
FUNCTION
D6, D8, D9, D11, E6, E11,
F4, F5, F12, F13, H4, H13,
J4, J13, L4, L5, L12, L13,
M6, M11, N6, N8, N9, N11
B1, B16, D7, D10, E7–E10,
G4, G5, G12, G13, H5,
H12, J5, J12, K4, K5, K12,
K13, M7–M10, N7, N10,
R1, R16
A1, A16, D4, D5, D12, D13,
E4, E5, E12, E13, F6–F11,
G6–G11, H6–H11, J6–J11,
K6–K11, L6–L11, M4, M5,
M12, M13, N4, N5, N12,
N13, T1, T16
A6
VSS
P
Ground Reference
VDD_ICDIFF
P
Power Supply for LVDS Inputs (IC5 and IC6). 3.3V ±10%
C4
VSS_ICDIFF
P
Return for LVDS Inputs (IC5 and IC6)
B2
VDD_OC6
P
Power Supply for LVDS Output OC6. 1.8V ±10%
A2
VSS_OC6
P
Return for LVDS Output OC6
C3
VDD_OC7
P
Power Supply for LVDS Output OC7. 1.8V ±10%
D3
VSS_OC7
P
Return for LVDS Output OC7
D1
AVDD_PLL1
P
Power Supply for T0 Output APLL. 1.8V ±10%
D2
AVSS_PLL1
P
Return for T0 Output APLL
E1
AVDD_PLL2
P
Power Supply for T4 Output APLL. 1.8V ±10%
E3
AVSS_PLL2
P
Return for T4 Output APLL.
F1
AVDD_PLL3
P
Power Supply for T0 Feedback APLL. 1.8V ±10%
G2
AVSS_PLL3
P
Return for T0 Feedback APLL
G1
AVDD_PLL4
P
Power Supply for Master Clock Generator APLL. 1.8V ±10%
P
Return for Master Clock Generator APLL
—
Connect to VSS
—
No Connection
G3
AVSS_PLL4
TM1
R13
TM2
T15
C13, F2, F14, H3, J3, K1,
K2, K3, K15, K16, L1, L2,
L3, L14, L15, L16, M1,
M14, M15, M16, N3, N14,
N15, N16, P2–P5, P8,
P10–P16, R2–R7, R10,
R12, R15, T2–T7, T10–T14
N.C.
Note 1:
All pin names with an overbar (e.g., CS) are active low.
Note 2:
All pins, except power and analog pins, are CMOS/TTL, unless otherwise specified in the pin description.
I = input pin
O = output pin
IA = analog input pin
OA = analog output pin (can be placed in a high-impedance state)
IPD = input pin with internal 50kΩ pulldown
O3 = output pin that can tri-stated (i.e., placed in a high-impedance
state)
P = power-supply pin
IPU = input pin with internal 50kΩ pullup to approx. 2.2V
I/O = input/output pin
Note 3:
Note 4:
All digital pins are I/O pins in JTAG mode.
When ramping power supplies up or down, the voltage on any 1.8V power supply pin must not exceed the voltage on any 3.3V powersupply pin.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
17 of 150
DS3101
7.
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
7.1
Overview
The DS3101 has 14 input clocks and 11 output clocks,. There are two separate DPLL paths in the device: the highperformance T0 path and the simpler T4 path. See Figure 2-1.
Two of the 14 input clocks are 64kHz composite clock receivers (by default), two are LVDS/LVPECL, and 10 are
CMOS/TTL (5V tolerant). The composite clock receivers can be converted to CMOS/TTL inputs as needed. The
CMOS/TTL inputs can accept signals from 2kHz to 125MHz. The LVDS/LVPECL pins can accept clock signals up
to 155.52MHz.
Each input clock can be monitored continually for activity and/or frequency. Frequency can be compared to both a
hard limit and a soft limit. Inputs outside the hard limit are declared invalid, while inputs inside the hard limit but
outside the soft limit are merely flagged. Each input can be marked unavailable or given a priority number.
Separate input priority numbers are maintained for the T0 DPLL and the T4 DPLL. Except in special modes, the
highest priority valid input is automatically selected as the reference for each path.
Both the T0 and T4 DPLLs can directly lock to many common telecom frequencies, including, but not limited to
8kHz, DS1, E1, 19.44MHz, and 38.88MHz. The DPLLs can also lock to any multiple of 8kHz up to 125MHz.
The T0 DPLL is the high-performance path with all the features for node timing synchronization. The T4 DPLL is a
simpler auxiliary path typically used to provide derived DS1s, E1s, or other synchronization signals to an external
BITS/SSU. The two paths can be operated independently or locked together.
Both DPLLs have these features:
Automatic reference selection based on input quality and priority
Optional manual reference selection/forcing
Configurable quality thresholds for each input
Adjustable PLL characteristics, including bandwidth, pull-in range, and damping factor
Ability to lock to several common telecom frequencies plus multiples of 8kHz up to 155.52MHz
Frequency conversion between input and output using digital frequency synthesis
Combined performance of a stable, consistent digital PLL and a low-jitter analog output PLL
The T0 DPLL has these additional features not available in the T4 DPLL:
A full state machine for automatic transitions among free-run, locked, and holdover states
Nonrevertive reference switching mode
Phase build-out for reference switching (“hitless”) and for phase hits on the selected reference
Output vs. input phase offset control
18 bandwidth selections from 0.5mHz to 70Hz (vs. three selections for the T4 path)
Noise rejection circuitry for low-frequency references
Optional software control over holdover frequency
Output phase alignment to input frame sync signal
Several frequency averaging methods for acquiring the holdover frequency
The T4 DPLL has these additional features not available in the T0 DPLL:
Optional mode to lock to the T0 DPLL
Optional mode to measure the phase difference between two input clocks
Ability to generate DS3, E3, 6312kHz, and N x 62.5MHz (Gigabit Ethernet) frequencies
Typically the internal state machine controls the T0 DPLL, but manual control by system software is also available.
The T4 DPLL has a simpler state machine that software cannot directly control. In either DPLL, however, software
can override the DPLL logic using manual reference selection.
The T0 DPLL always operates at 77.76MHz, regardless of the output frequencies selected for the output clock
pins. The T4 DPLL can operate at any of several frequencies in order to support generation of frequencies such as
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
18 of 150
DS3101
44.736MHz (DS3) and 34.368MHz (E3). When the T4 DPLL is locked to the T0 DPLL, it locks to an 8kHz signal
from T0 to ensure synchronization of all possible T4 frequencies, which are always multiples of 8kHz.
The outputs of the T0 and T4 DPLLs are connected to high-speed APLLs that multiply the DPLL clock rate and
filter DPLL output jitter. The outputs of the APLLs are divided down to make a wide variety of possible frequencies
available at the output clock pins. All or some of the output frequencies of the T0 DPLL can be synchronized to an
input 2kHz, 4kHz, or 8kHz sync signal (SYNC2K pin). This synchronization to a low-frequency input enables,
among other things, two redundant timing cards to maintain output phase alignment with one another.
Seven of the output clocks can be configured for a variety of different frequencies from either the T0 DPLL or the
T4 DPLL. One output clock is a 64kHz composite clock transmitter (AMI format), one is 1544kHz or 2048kHz, one
is 8kHz, and one is 2kHz. Of the seven multifrequency outputs, five are CMOS/TTL and two are LVDS. Altogether
more than 60 output frequencies are possible, ranging from 2kHz to 311.04MHz.
7.2
Device Identification and Protection
The 16-bit read-only ID field in the ID1 and ID2 registers is set to 0C1Dh = 3101 decimal. The device revision can
be read from the REV register. Contact the factory to interpret this value and determine the latest revision. The
register set can be protected from inadvertent writes using the PROT register.
7.3
Local Oscillator and Master Clock Configuration
The T0 and T4 DPLL paths operate from a 204.8MHz master clock. The master clock is synthesized from a
12.800MHz clock originating from a local oscillator attached to the REFCLK pin. The stability of the T0 DPLL in
holdover is equivalent to the stability of the local oscillator. Selection of an appropriate local oscillator is, therefore,
of crucial importance if the telecom standards listed in Table 1-1 are to be met. TCXOs can be used in less
stringent cases, but OCXOs are required in the most demanding applications. Even OCXOs may need to be
shielded to avoid slow frequency changes due to ambient temperature fluctuations and drift. Careful evaluation of
the local oscillator component is necessary to ensure proper performance. Contact Maxim at
www.maxim-ic.com/support for recommended oscillators. For reference, the Telcordia GR-1244-CORE stability
requirements for Stratum 2, Stratum 3E and Stratum 3 are listed in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1. GR-1244 Stratum 2/3E/3 Stability Requirements
PARAMETER
Temperature
STRATUM 2
n/a
Drift (non-temp)
± 1 x 10-10/day
STRATUM 3E
± 10 x 10-9
± 1.16 x 10-14/sec
(± 1 x 10-9/day)
STRATUM 3
± 280 x 10-9
± 4.63 x 10-13/sec
(± 40 x 10-9/day)
Note: Refer to GR-1244-CORE for additional details.
The stability of the local oscillator is very important, but its absolute frequency accuracy is less important because
the DS3101 can compensate for frequency inaccuracies when synthesizing the 204.8MHz master clock from the
local oscillator clock. The MCLKFREQ field in registers MCLK1 and MCLK2 specifies the frequency adjustment to
be applied. The adjust can be from -771ppm to +514ppm in 0.0196229ppm (i.e., ~0.02ppm) steps.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
19 of 150
DS3101
The DS3101 implements a stand-alone watchdog circuit that causes an interrupt on the INTREQ pin when the local
oscillator attached to the REFCLK pin is significantly off frequency. The watchdog interrupt is not maskable, but is
subject to the INTCR register settings. When the watchdog circuit activates, reads of any and all registers in the
device will return 00h to indicate the failure. In response to the activation of the INTREQ pin or during periodic
polling, if system software ever reads 00h from the ID registers (which are hard-coded to 0C1Dh = 3101 decimal)
then it can conclude that the local oscillator attached to that DS3101 has failed. For proper operation of the
watchdog timer, connect the WDT pin to a resistor (R) to VDDIO and a capacitor (C) to ground. Suggested values
are R = 20kΩ and C = 0.01μF.
7.4
Input Clock Configuration
The DS3101 has 14 input clocks: IC1 to IC14. Table 7-2 provides summary information about each clock, including
signal format and available frequencies. The device tolerates a wide range of duty cycles on input clocks, out to a
minimum high time or minimum low time of 3ns or 30% of the clock period, whichever is smaller.
7.4.1
Signal Format Configuration
Inputs with CMOS/TTL signal format accept both TTL and 3.3V CMOS levels. One key configuration bit that affects
the available frequencies is the SONSDH bit in MCR3. When SONSDH = 1 (SONET mode), the 1.544MHz
frequency is available. When SONSDH = 0 (SDH mode), the 2.048MHz frequency is available. During reset, the
default value of this bit is latched from the SONSDH pin.
Input clocks IC5 and IC6 can be configured to accept LVDS, LVPECL, or CMOS/TTL signals by using the proper
set of external components. The recommended LVDS termination is shown in Figure 10-1, and the LVDS electrical
specifications are listed in Table 10-4. The recommended LVPECL termination is shown in Figure 10-2, and the
LVPECL electrical specifications are listed in Table 10-5. To configure these differential inputs to accept singleended CMOS/TTL signals, use a voltage-divider to bias the ICxNEG pin to approximately 1.4V and connect the
single-ended signal to the ICxPOS pin. If IC5 or IC6 is not used it should be configured for LVDS and left floating
(one input is internally pulled high and the other internally pulled low). (See also MCR5:IC5SF and IC6SF.)
By default, input clocks IC1 and IC2 are 64kHz composite clock receivers (see Section 7.10). The composite clock
signal is a 64kHz AMI clock with an embedded 8kHz clock indicated by deliberate bipolar violations (BPVs) every 8
clock cycles. The 8kHz component is the clock that is forwarded to the DPLLs. The AMI composite clock electrical
specifications are shown in Table 10-6, and the recommended external components are shown in Figure 10-3. IC1
and IC2 can be configured as standard CMOS/TTL inputs (identical to IC3) by setting MCR5:IC1SF = 1 or
MCR5:IC2SF = 1, respectively.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
20 of 150
DS3101
Table 7-2. Input Clock Capabilities
INPUT
CLOCK
IC1
IC2
SIGNAL
FORMATS
AMI or
CMOS/TTL(3)
AMI or
CMOS/TTL(3)
FREQUENCIES
64kHz composite clock or up
to 125MHz
64kHz composite clock or up
to 125MHz
DEFAULT FREQUENCY
8kHz
8kHz
IC3
CMOS/TTL
Up to 125MHz(1)
8kHz
IC4
CMOS/TTL
Up to 125MHz
8kHz
Up to 155.52MHz(2)
19.44MHz
Up to 155.52MHz
19.44MHz
IC5
IC6
LVDS/LVPECL
or CMOS/TTL
LVDS/LVPECL
or CMOS/TTL
IC7
CMOS/TTL
Up to 125MHz
19.44MHz
IC8
CMOS/TTL
Up to 125MHz
19.44MHz
IC9
CMOS/TTL
Up to 125MHz
19.44MHz
IC10
CMOS/TTL
Up to 125MHz
19.44MHz
IC11
CMOS/TTL
Up to 125MHz
IC12
CMOS/TTL
Up to 125MHz
IC13
CMOS/TTL
Up to 125MHz
IC14
CMOS/TTL
Up to 125MHz
Note 1:
Master mode (MASTSLV = 1): 19.44MHz
Slave mode (MASTSLV = 0): 6.48MHz
SONET mode (SONSDH = 1): 1.544MHz
SDH mode (SONSDH = 0): 2.048MHz
SONET mode (SONSDH = 1): 1.544MHz
SDH mode (SONSDH = 0): 2.048MHz
SONET mode (SONSDH = 1): 1.544MHz
SDH mode (SONSDH = 0): 2.048MHz
Available frequencies for CMOS/TTL input clocks are 2kHz, 4kHz, 8kHz, 1.544MHz (SONET mode), 2.048MHz (SDH mode),
6.312MHz, 6.48MHz, 19.44MHz, 25.92MHz, 38.88MHz, 51.84MHz, 77.76MHz, and N x 8kHz for 2 ≤ N ≤ 15,625.
Note 2:
Available frequencies for LVDS/LVPECL input clocks include all CMOS/TTL frequencies in Note 1 plus 155.52MHz.
Note 3:
Signal formats for IC1 and IC2 are controlled by MCR5:IC1SF and IC2SF, respectively.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
21 of 150
DS3101
7.4.2
Frequency Configuration
Input clock frequencies are configured in the FREQ field of the ICR registers. The DIVN and LOCK8K bits of these
same registers specify the locking frequency mode, as shown in Table 7-3.
Table 7-3. Locking Frequency Modes
DIVN
LOCK8K
0
0
1
0
1
X
7.4.2.1
LOCKING FREQUENCY
MODE
Direct lock mode
LOCK8K mode
DIVN mode
Direct Lock Mode
In direct lock mode, the DPLLs lock to the selected reference at the frequency specified in the corresponding ICR
register. Direct lock mode can only be used for input clocks with these specific frequencies: 2kHz, 4kHz, 8kHz,
1.544MHz, 2.048MHz, 6.312MHz, 6.48MHz, 19.44MHz, 25.92MHz, 38.88MHz, 51.84MHz, 77.76MHz, and
155.52MHz. For the 155.52MHz case, the input clock is internally divided by two, and the DPLL direct-locks at
77.76 MHz.
The T0 DPLL can direct-lock to all the specific input frequencies listed above, and so can the T4 DPLL when
configured for 77.76MHz operation (see Section 7.8.2.2). When configured for non-77.76MHz operation, the T4
DPLL can direct-lock to any of the specific frequencies listed above from 2kHz to 6.48MHz, but for the specific
frequencies of 19.44MHz and higher, the input must be configured for LOCK8K or DIVN mode.
MTIE may be somewhat lower in direct lock mode because the higher frequencies allow more frequent phase
updates.
7.4.2.2
LOCK8K Mode
In LOCK8K mode, an internal divider is configured to divide the selected reference down to 8kHz. The DPLLs lock
to the 8kHz output of the divider. LOCK8K mode can only be used for input clocks with these frequencies: 8kHz,
1.544MHz, 2.048MHz, 6.312MHz, 6.48MHz, 19.44MHz, 25.92MHz, 38.88MHz, 51.84MHz, 77.76MHz, and
155.52MHz. LOCK8K mode is enabled for a particular input clock by setting the LOCK8K bit in the corresponding
ICR register. LOCK8K mode gives a greater tolerance to input jitter because it uses lower frequencies for phase
comparisons. The clock edge to lock to on the selected reference can be configured using the 8KPOL bit in the
TEST1 register. For 2kHz and 4kHz clocks, the LOCK8K bit is ignored and direct-lock mode is used.
7.4.2.3
DIVN Mode
In DIVN mode, the internal divider is configured from the value stored in the DIVN registers. The DIVN value must
be chosen so that when the selected reference is divided by DIVN+1 the output clock is 8kHz. The DPLLs lock to
the 8kHz output of the divider. DIVN mode can only be used for input clocks whose frequency is an integer multiple
of 8 kHz and less than or equal to 155.52MHz. The DIVN register field can range from 1 to 19,439 inclusive. The
same DIVN+1 factor is used for all input clocks configured for DIVN mode. When DIVN = 1 in an ICR register, the
FREQ field of that register is ignored. Note that although DIVN divider is able to divide down clock rates has as
high as 155.52MHz (DIVN = 19,439), the CMOS/TTL inputs are only rated for a maximum clock rate of 125MHz
(DIVN = 15,624).
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
22 of 150
DS3101
7.5
Input Clock Quality Monitoring
Each input clock is continuously monitored for frequency accuracy and activity. Frequency monitoring is described
in Section 7.5.1, while activity monitoring is described in Sections 7.5.2 and 7.5.3. Any input clock that has a
frequency out-of-band alarm or activity alarm is automatically declared invalid. The valid/invalid state of each input
clock is reported in the corresponding real-time status bit in register VALSR1 or VALSR2. When the valid/invalid
state of a clock changes, the corresponding latched status bit is set in register MSR1 or MSR2, and an interrupt
request occurs if the corresponding interrupt enable bit is set in registers IER1 or IER2. Input clocks marked invalid
cannot be selected as the reference for either DPLL. If the T4 DPLL does not have any valid input clocks available,
the T4NOIN status bit is set to 1 in MSR3.
7.5.1
Frequency Monitoring
The DS3101 monitors the frequency of each input clock and invalidates any clock whose frequency is outside of
specified limits. Two frequency limits can be specified: a soft limit and a hard limit. For all input clocks except the
T0 DPLL’s selected reference, these limits are specified in the ILIMIT register. For the T0 DPLL’s selected
reference the limits are specified in the SRLIMIT register. When the frequency of an input clock is greater than or
equal to the soft limit, the corresponding SOFT alarm bit is set to 1 in the ISR registers. The soft limit is only for
monitoring; triggering it does not invalidate the clock. When the frequency of an input clock is greater than or equal
to the hard limit, the corresponding HARD alarm bit is set to 1 in the ISR registers, and the clock is marked invalid
in the VALSR registers. Monitoring according to the hard and soft limits is enabled/disabled using the HARDEN
and SOFTEN bits in the MCR10 register. Both the ILIMIT and SRLIMIT registers have a default soft limit of
±11.43ppm and a default hard limit of ±15.24ppm. Limits can be set from ±3.81ppm to ±60.96ppm in 3.81ppm
steps. Both the SOFT and HARD alarm limits have hysteresis as required by GR-1244. Frequency monitoring is
only done on an input clock when the clock does not have an activity alarm.
5
15
Frequency measurement can be done with respect to the internal 204.8MHz master clock or the 77.76MHz T0
DPLL output, as specified by the FMONCLK bit in MCR10. Measured frequency can be read from any frequency
monitor by specifying the input clock in the FMEASIN field of MCR11 and reading the frequency from the FMEAS
register.
7.5.2
Activity Monitoring
Each input clock is monitored for activity and proper behavior using a leaky bucket accumulator. A leaky bucket
accumulator is similar to an analog integrator: the output amplitude increases in the presence of input events and
gradually decays in the absence of events. When events occur infrequently, the accumulator value decays fully
between events and no alarm is declared. When events occur close enough together, the accumulator increments
faster than it can decay and eventually reaches the alarm threshold. After an alarm has been declared, if events
occur infrequently enough, the accumulator can decay faster than it is incremented and eventually reaches the
alarm clear threshold.
The leaky bucket accumulator for each input clock can be assigned one of four configurations (0 through 3) in the
BUCKET field of the ICR registers. Each leaky bucket configuration has programmable size, alarm declare
threshold, alarm clear threshold, and decay rate, all of which are specified in the LBxy registers at addresses 50h
through 5Fh.
Activity monitoring is divided into 128ms intervals. The accumulator is incremented once for each 128ms interval in
which the input clock is inactive for more than two cycles (more than four cycles for 155.52MHz input clocks). Thus
the “fill” rate of the bucket is at most 1 unit per 128ms, or approximately 8 units/second. During each period of 1, 2,
4 or 8 intervals (programmable), the accumulator decrements if no irregularities occur. Thus the “leak” rate of the
bucket is approximately 8, 4, 2, or 1 units/second. A leak is prevented when a fill event occurs in the same interval.
When the value of an accumulator reaches the alarm threshold (LBxU register), the corresponding ACT alarm bit is
set to 1 in the ISR registers, and the clock is marked invalid in the VALSR registers. When the value of an
accumulator reaches the alarm clear threshold (LBxL register), the activity alarm is cleared by clearing the clock’s
ACT bit. The accumulator cannot increment past the size of the bucket specified in the LBxS register. The decay
rate of the accumulator is specified in the LBxD register. The values stored in the leaky bucket configuration
registers must have the following relationship at all times: LBxS ≥ LBxU > LBxL.
15
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
23 of 150
DS3101
When the leaky bucket is empty, the minimum time to declare an activity alarm in seconds is LBxU / 8 (where the
“x” in “LbxU” is the leaky bucket configuration number, 0 to 3). The minimum time to clear an activity alarm in
seconds is [2LBxD x (LBxS - LBxL) / 8]. For example, assume LBxU = 8, LBxL = 1, LBxS = 10, and LBxD = 0. The
minimum time to declare an activity alarm would be 8 / 8 = 1 second. The minimum time to clear the activity alarm
would be [20 x (10 - 1) / 8 = 1.125 seconds].
For input clocks IC1 and IC2 configured in composite clock mode, if MCR5:BITERR = 1, then the accumulator is
also incremented whenever a violation of the one-BPV-in-eight pattern is detected.
7.5.3
Selected Reference Activity Monitoring
The input clock that each DPLL is currently locked to is called the selected reference. The quality of a DPLL’s
selected reference is exceedingly important, since missing cycles and other anomalies on the selected reference
can cause unwanted jitter, wander or frequency offset on the output clocks. When anomalies occur on the selected
reference they must be detected as soon as possible to give the DPLL opportunity to temporarily disconnect from
the reference until the reference is available again. By design, the regular input clock activity monitor (Section
7.5.2) is too slow to be suitable for monitoring the selected reference. Instead, each DPLL has its own fast activity
monitor that detects inactivity within approximately two missing reference clock cycles (within approximately four
missing cycles for 155.52MHz references).
When the T0 DPLL detects a no-activity event, it immediately enters mini-holdover mode to isolate itself from the
selected reference and sets the SRFAIL bit in MSR2. The setting of the SRFAIL bit can cause an interrupt request
on the INTREQ pin if the corresponding enable bit is set in IER2. If MCR10:SRFPIN = 1, the SRFAIL output pin
follows the state of the SRFAIL status bit. Optionally, a no-activity event can also cause an ultra-fast reference
switch (see Section 7.6.4). When PHLIM1:NALOL = 0 (default), the T0 DPLL does not declare loss-of-lock during
no-activity events. If the selected reference becomes available again before any alarms are declared by the activity
monitor or frequency monitor, then the T0 DPLL continues to track the selected reference using nearest-edge
locking (±180°) to avoid cycle slips. When NALOL = 1, the T0 DPLL declares loss-of-lock during no-activity events.
This causes the T0 state machine to transition to the loss-of-lock state, which sets the MSR2:STATE bit and
causes an interrupt request if enabled. If the selected reference becomes available again before any alarms are
declared by the activity monitor or frequency monitor, then the T0 DPLL tracks the selected reference using
phase/frequency locking (±360°) until phase lock is reestablished.
When the T4 DPLL detects a no-activity event, its behavior is similar to the T0 DPLL with respect to the
PHLIM1:NALOL control bit. Unlike the T0 DPLL, however, the T4 DPLL does not set the SRFAIL status bit. If
NALOL = 1, the T4 DPLL clears the OPSTATE:T4LOCK status bit, which sets MSR3:T4LOCK and causes an
interrupt request if enabled.
7.5.4
Composite Clock Inputs
When input clocks IC1 and IC2 are configured for composite clock mode (MCR5:IC1SF = 0 and MCR5:IC2SF = 0),
they are also monitored for various defects (AMI error, LOS, etc.) See Section 7.10.1 for further details.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
24 of 150
DS3101
7.6
7.6.1
Input Clock Priority, Selection, and Switching
Priority Configuration
During normal operation, the selected reference for the T0 DPLL and the selected reference for the T4 DPLL are
chosen automatically based on the priority rankings assigned to the input clocks in the input priority registers (IPR1
to IPR7). Each of these seven registers has priority fields for two input clocks. When T4T0 = 0 in the MCR11
register, the IPR registers specify the input clock priorities for the T0 DPLL. When T4T0 = 1, the IPR registers
specify the input clock priorities for the T4 DPLL. The default input clock priorities, for both PLLs, are shown in
Table 7-4.
Any unused input clock should be given the priority value 0, which disables the clock and marks it as unavailable
for selection. Priority 1 is highest while priority 15 is lowest. The same priority can be given to two or more clocks.
Table 7-4. Default Input Clock Priorities
INPUT
CLOCK
IC1
IC2
IC3
IC4
IC5
IC6
IC7
Note 1:
7.6.2
DEFAULT
PRIORITY
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
INPUT
CLOCK
IC8
IC9
IC10
IC11
IC12
IC13
IC14
DEFAULT
PRIORITY
9
10
11
12 or 1 (1)
13
14
15
During reset, the default priority for IC11 is set to 12 in the master device
and set to 1 in the slave device. Devices are configured as master and
slave by the value of the MASTSLV pin. (The state of the MASTSLV pin
is mirrored in the MASTSLV bit of the MCR3 register.) See Section 7.9.
Automatic Selection Algorithm
The real-time valid/invalid state of each input clock is maintained in the VALSR1 and VALSR2 registers. The
selected reference can be marked invalid for phase, frequency or activity. Other input clocks can be invalidated for
frequency or activity.
The reference selection algorithm for each DPLL chooses the highest-priority valid input clock to be the selected
reference. To select the proper input clock based on these criteria, the selection algorithm maintains a priority table
of valid inputs. The top three entries in this table and the selected reference are displayed in the PTAB1 and
PTAB2 registers. When T4T0 = 0 in the MCR11 register, these registers indicate the highest priority input clocks
for the T0 DPLL. When T4T0 = 1, they indicate the highest priority input clocks for the T4 path.
If two or more input clocks are given the same priority number then those inputs are prioritized among themselves
using a fixed circular list. If one equal-priority clock is the selected reference but becomes invalid then the next
equal-priority clock in the list becomes the selected reference. If an equal-priority clock that is not the selected
reference becomes invalid, it is simply skipped over in the circular list. The selection among equal-priority inputs is
inherently nonrevertive, and revertive switching mode (see next paragraph) has no effect in the case where
multiple equal-priority inputs have the highest priority.
An important input to the selection algorithm for T0 DPLL is the REVERT bit in the MCR3 register. In revertive
mode (REVERT = 1), if an input clock with a higher priority than the selected reference becomes valid, the higherpriority reference immediately becomes the selected reference. In nonrevertive mode (REVERT = 0), the higherpriority reference does not immediately become the selected reference but does become the highest-priority
reference in the priority table (REF1 field in the PTAB1 register). (The selection algorithm always switches to the
highest-priority valid input when the selected reference goes invalid, regardless of the state of the REVERT bit.)
For many applications, nonrevertive mode is preferred for the T0 DPLL because it minimizes disturbances on the
output clocks due to reference switching. The T4 DPLL always operates in revertive mode.
In nonrevertive mode, planned switchover to a newly valid higher priority input clock can be done manually under
software control. The validation of the new higher priority clock sets the corresponding status bit in the MSR1 or
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
25 of 150
DS3101
MSR2 register, which can drive an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if needed. System software can then
respond to this change of state by briefly enabling revertive mode (toggling REVERT high then back low) to drive
the switchover to the higher priority clock.
In most systems redundant timing cards are required, with one functioning as the master and the other as the
slave. In such systems the priority tables of the master and slave must match. The DS3101’s register set makes it
easy for the slave’s priority table to track the master’s table. At system start-up, the same priorities must be
assigned to the input clocks, for both DPLLs, in the master and slave devices. During operation, if an input clock
becomes valid or invalid in one device (master or slave), the change is flagged in that device’s MSR1 or MSR2
register, which can drive an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if needed. The real-time valid/invalid state of the
input clocks can then be read from that device’s VALSR1 and VALSR2 registers. Once the nature of the state
change is understood, the control bits of the other device’s VALCR1 and VALCR2 registers can be manipulated to
mark clocks invalid in the other device as well.
7.6.3
Forced Selection
The T0FORCE field in the MCR2 register and the T4FORCE field in the MCR4 register provide a way to force a
specified input clock to be the selected reference for the T0 and T4 DPLLs, respectively. In both T0FORCE and
T4FORCE, values of 0 and 15 specify normal operation with automatic reference selection. Values from 1 to 14
specify the input clock to be the forced selection. Internally forcing is accomplished by giving the specified clock the
highest priority (as specified in PTAB1:REF1). In revertive mode (MCR3:REVERT = 1) the forced clock
automatically becomes the selected reference (as specified in PTAB1:SELREF) as well. In nonrevertive mode (T0
DPLL only) the forced clock only becomes the selected reference when the existing selected reference is
invalidated or made unavailable for selection. In both revertive and nonrevertive modes when an input is forced to
be the highest priority, the normal highest priority input (when no input is forced) is listed as the second-highest
priority (PTAB2:REF2) and the normal second-highest priority input is listed as the third-highest priority
(PTAB2:REF3).
7.6.4
Ultra-Fast Reference Switching
By default, disqualification of the selected reference and switchover to another reference occurs when the activity
monitor’s inactivity alarm threshold has been crossed, a process that takes on the order of hundreds of
milliseconds or seconds. For the T0 DPLL, an option for extremely fast disqualification and switchover is also
available. When ultra-fast switching is enabled (MCR10:UFSW = 1), if the fast activity monitor detects
approximately two missing clock cycles it declares the reference failed by forcing the leaky bucket accumulator to
its upper threshold (see Section 7.5.2) and initiates reference switching. This is in addition to setting the SRFAIL bit
in MSR2 and optionally generating an interrupt request, as described in Section 7.5.3. When ultra-fast switching
occurs, the T0 DPLL transitions to the prelocked 2 state, which allows switching to occur faster by bypassing the
Loss-of-Lock state. The device should be in non-revertive mode when ultra-fast switching is enabled. If the device
is in revertive mode, ultra-fast switching could cause excessive reference switching when the highest priority input
is intermittent.
7.6.5
External Reference Switching Mode
In the external reference switching mode, the SRCSW input pin controls reference switching between two clock
inputs. This mode is enabled by setting the EXTSW bit to 1 in the MCR10 register. In this mode, if the SRCSW pin
is high, the device is forced to lock to input IC3 (if the priority of IC3 is nonzero in IPR2) or IC5 (if the priority of IC3
is zero) whether or not the selected input has a valid reference signal. If the SRCSW pin is low the device is forced
to lock to input IC4 (if the priority of IC4 is non-zero in IPR2) or IC6 (if the priority of IC4 is zero) whether or not the
selected input has a valid reference signal. During reset the default value of the EXTSW bit is latched from the
SRCSW pin. If external reference switching mode is enabled during reset, the default frequency tolerance (DLIMIT
registers) is configured to ±80ppm rather than the normal default of ±9.2ppm.
In external reference switching mode the device is simply a clock switch, and the DPLL is forced to lock onto the
selected reference whether it is valid or not. Unlike forced reference selection (Section 7.6.3) this mode controls the
PTAB1:SELREF field directly and is therefore not affected by the state of the MCR3:REVERT bit. During external
reference switching mode, only PTAB1:SELREF is affected; the REF1, REF2 and REF3 fields in the PTAB
registers continue to indicate the highest, second-highest, and third-highest priority valid inputs chosen by the
automatic selection logic. External reference switching mode only affects the T0 DPLL.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
26 of 150
DS3101
7.6.6
Output Clock Phase Continuity During Reference Switching
If phase build out is enabled (PBOEN = 1 in MCR10) or the DPLL frequency limit (DLIMIT) is set to less than
±30ppm then the device always complies with the GR-1244-CORE requirement that the rate of phase change must
be less than 81ns per 1.326ms during reference switching.
7.7
DPLL Architecture and Configuration
Both the T0 and T4 paths of the device are digital PLLs (DPLLs) with analog PLLs (APLLs) at the output stage.
This architecture combines the benefits of both PLL types.
Digital PLLs have two key benefits: (1) stable, repeatable performance that is insensitive to process variations,
temperature and voltage, and (2) flexible behavior that is easily programmed via configuration registers. DPLLs use
digital frequency synthesis (DFS) to generate various clocks. In DFS, a high-speed master clock (204.8MHz) is
multiplied up from the 12.800MHz local oscillator clock applied to the REFCLK pin. This master clock is then
digitally divided down to the desired output frequency. Since the resolution of the DFS process is one master clock
cycle or 4.88ns, the DFS output clock has jitter of up to 1 master clock UI (4.88ns) pk-pk.
The analog PLLs filter the jitter from the DPLLs, reducing the 4.88ns pk-pk jitter to 0.5ns pk-pk and 60ps RMS,
typical, measured broadband (10Hz to 1GHz).
The DPLLs in the device are configurable for many PLL parameters including bandwidth, damping factor, input
frequency, pull-in/hold-in range, loop frequency, output frequency, input-to-output phase offset, phase build-out,
and more. No knowledge of loop equations or gain parameters is required to configure and operate the device. No
external components are required for the DPLLs or the APLLs except the high-quality local oscillator connected to
the REFCLK pin.
The T0 path is the main path through the device, and the T0 DPLL has a full free-run/locked/holdover state
machine and full programmability. The T4 path is a simpler frequency converter/synthesis path, lacking the low
bandwidth settings, phase build-out, phase adjustment controls, and holdover state found in the T0 DPLL.
7.7.1
T0 DPLL State Machine
The T0 DPLL has three main timing modes: locked, holdover, and free-run. The control state machine for the T0
DPLL has states for each timing mode as well as three temporary states: prelocked, prelocked 2, and loss-of-lock.
The state transition diagram is shown in Figure 7-1. Descriptions of each state are given in the paragraphs below.
During normal operation the state machine controls state transitions. When necessary, however, the state can be
forced using the T0STATE field of the MCR1 register.
Whenever the T0 DPLL changes state, the STATE bit in MSR2 is set, which can cause an interrupt request if
enabled. The current T0 DPLL state can be read from the T0STATE field of the OPSTATE register.
7.7.1.1
Free-Run State
Free-run mode is the reset default state. In free-run, all output clocks are derived from the 12.800MHz local
oscillator attached to the REFCLK pin. The frequency of each output clock is a specific multiple of the local
oscillator. The frequency accuracy of each output clock is equal to the frequency accuracy of the master clock (see
Section 7.3). The state machine transitions from free-run to the prelocked state when at least one input clock is
valid.
7.7.1.2
Prelocked State
The prelocked state provides a 100-second period (default value of PHLKTO register) for the DPLL to lock to the
selected reference. If phase lock is achieved during this period then the state machine transitions to locked mode.
If the DPLL fails to lock to the selected reference within the phase-lock time-out period specified by PHLKTO then a
phase lock alarm is raised (corresponding LOCK bit set in the ISR register), invalidating the input (ICn bit goes low
in VALSR registers). If another input clock is valid then the state machine re-enters the prelocked state and tries to
lock to the alternate input clock. If no other input clocks are valid then the state machine transitions back to the
free-run state.
In revertive mode (REVERT = 1 in MCR3), if a higher priority input clock becomes valid during the phase-lock
timeout period, then the state machine re-enters the prelocked state and tries to lock the higher priority input. If a
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
27 of 150
DS3101
phase-lock timeout period longer than 100 seconds is required for locking (such as 700 seconds for Stratum 3E or
1000 seconds for Stratum 2 applications), the PHLKTO register must be configured accordingly.
Figure 7-1. T0 DPLL State Transition Diagram
Free-Run
select ref
(001)
Reset
(selected reference invalid OR
out of lock >100s)
AND no valid input clock
[selected reference invalid OR
out of lock >100s OR
(revertive mode AND valid higher-priority input)]
AND valid input clock available
Pre-locked
wait for <=100s
(110)
phase-locked to
selected reference
[selected reference invalid OR
(revertive mode AND valid higher-priority input)]
AND valid input clock available
phase-locked
to selected
reference
all input clocks evaluated
at least one input valid
Locked
(100)
phase-lock regained
on selected reference
within 100s
loss-of-lock on
selected reference
selected reference invalid
AND
no valid input clock available
[selected reference invalid OR
(selected reference invalid OR
(revertive mode AND valid higher-priority input)
out of lock >100s) AND
OR out of lock >100s] AND
Pre-locked 2
Loss-of-Lock
no valid input clock available
valid input clock available
wait for <=100s
wait for <=100s
(101)
(111)
[selected reference invalid OR
out of lock >100s OR
(revertive mode AND valid higher-priority input)]
AND valid input clock available
Note 1:
Holdover
select ref
(010)
(selected reference invalid OR
out of lock >100s) AND
no valid input clock available
all input clocks evaluated
at least one input valid
Note 2:
An input clock is valid when it has no activity alarm, no hard frequency limit alarm, and no phase lock alarm (see the VALSR
registers and the ISR registers).
All input clocks are continuously monitored for activity and frequency.
Note 3:
Only the selected reference is monitored for loss of lock.
Note 4:
Phase lock is declared internally when the DPLL has maintained phase lock continuously for approximately 1 to 2 seconds.
Note 5:
To simply the diagram, the phase-lock timeout period is always shown as 100s, which is the default value of the PHLKTO
register. Longer or shorter timeout periods can be specified as needed by writing the appropriate value to the PHLKTO register.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
28 of 150
DS3101
7.7.1.3
Locked State
The T0 DPLL state machine can reach the locked state from the prelocked, prelocked 2, or loss-of-lock states
when the DPLL has locked to the selected reference for at least one second (see Section 7.7.6). In the locked
state, the output clocks track the phase and frequency of the selected reference.
While in the locked state, if the selected reference is so impaired that an activity alarm or a hard frequency limit
alarm is raised (corresponding ACT or HARD bit set in the ISR register), then the selected reference is invalidated
(ICn bit goes low in VALSR registers), and the state machine immediately transitions to either the prelocked 2 state
(if another valid input clock is available) or the holdover state (if no other input clock is valid).
If loss-of-lock is declared while in the locked state, the state machine transitions to the loss-of-lock state.
7.7.1.4
Loss-of-Lock State
When the loss-of-lock detectors (see Section 7.7.6) indicate loss-of-phase lock, the state machine immediately
transitions from the locked state to the loss-of-lock state. In the loss-of-lock state the DPLL tries for 100 seconds
(default value of PHLKTO register) to regain phase lock. If phase lock is regained during that period, the state
machine transitions back to the locked state.
If, during the phase-lock timeout period specified by PHLKTO, the selected reference is so impaired that an activity
alarm or a hard frequency limit alarm is raised (corresponding ACT or HARD bit set in the ISR registers), then the
selected reference is invalidated (ICn bit goes low in VALSR registers), and the state machine immediately
transitions to either the prelocked 2 state (if another valid input clock is available) or the holdover state (if no other
input clock is valid).
If phase lock cannot be regained by the end of the phase-lock timeout period, then a phase lock alarm is raised
(corresponding LOCK bit set in the ISR registers), the selected reference is invalidated (ICn bit goes low in VALSR
registers), and the state machine transitions to either the prelocked 2 state (if another valid input clock is available)
or the holdover state (if no other input clock is valid).
7.7.1.5
Prelocked 2 State
The prelocked and prelocked 2 states are similar. The prelocked 2 state provides a 100-second period (default
value of PHLKTO register) for the DPLL to lock to the new selected reference. If phase lock is achieved during this
period, then the state machine transitions to locked mode.
If the DPLL fails to lock to the new selected reference within the phase-lock timeout period specified by PHLKTO,
then a phase lock alarm is raised (corresponding LOCK bit set in the ISR registers), invalidating the input (ICn bit
goes low in VALSR registers). If another input clock is valid, the state machine re-enters the prelocked 2 state and
tries to lock to the alternate input clock. If no other input clocks are valid, the state machine transitions to the
holdover state.
In revertive mode (REVERT = 1 in MCR3), if a higher priority input clock becomes valid during the phase-lock
timeout period, the state machine re-enters the prelocked 2 state and tries to lock to the higher priority input.
If a phase-lock timeout period longer than 100 seconds is required for locking (such as 700 seconds for Stratum 3E
or 1000 seconds for Stratum 2 applications), then the PHLKTO register must be configured accordingly.
7.7.1.6
Holdover State
The device reaches the holdover state when it declares its selected reference invalid and has no other valid input
clocks available. During holdover the T0 DPLL is not phase locked to any input clock but instead generates its
output frequency from stored frequency information, typically the averaged frequency of the DPLL when it was in
the locked state. The device can be configured for manual or automatic holdover as described in the following
subsections. When at least one input clock has been declared valid the state machine immediately transitions from
holdover to the prelocked 2 state and tries to lock to the highest priority valid clock.
7.7.1.6.1
Automatic Holdover
For automatic holdover (MANHO = 0 in MCR3), the device can be further configured for instantaneous mode or
averaged mode. In instantaneous mode (AVG = 0 in HOCR3), the holdover frequency is set to the DPLL’s current
frequency at the moment of entry into holdover (i.e., the value of the FREQ field in the FREQ1, FREQ2 and FREQ3
registers when MCR11:T4T0 = 0). The FREQ field is the DPLL’s integral path and therefore is an average
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
29 of 150
DS3101
frequency with a rate of change inversely proportional to the DPLL bandwidth. The DPLL’s proportional path is not
used to minimize the effect of recent phase disturbances on the holdover frequency.
In averaged mode (AVG = 1 in HOCR3), the holdover frequency is set to an internally averaged value. During
locked operation the frequency indicated in the FREQ field is internally averaged. The FAST bit in HOCR3
determines the period of this averaging. When FAST = 1 the frequency is averaged for a period of approximately 8
minutes. When FAST = 0 (slow), the frequency is averaged for a period of approximately 110 minutes. The T0
DPLL indicates that it has acquired valid holdover values by setting the FHORDY and SHORDY status bits in
VALSR2 (real-time status) and MSR4 (latched status). If FAST = 0 and the T0 DPLL must enter holdover before
the 110-minute average is available, then the 8-minute average is used, if available. Otherwise the instantaneous
value from the integral path is used. If FAST = 1 and the T0 DPLL must enter holdover before the 8-minute
average is available, then the instantaneous value is used.
7.7.1.6.2
Manual Holdover
For manual holdover (MANHO = 1 in MCR3), the holdover frequency is set by the HOFREQ field in the HOCR1,
HOCR2 and HOCR3 registers. The HOFREQ field has the same size and format as the current frequency field
(FREQ[18:0] in the FREQ1, FREQ2, and FREQ3 registers). If desired, software can, during locked operation, read
the current frequency from FREQ, filter or average it over time, and then write the resulting holdover frequency to
HOFREQ. The FREQ field is derived from the DPLL’s integral path, and thus can be considered an average
frequency with a rate of change inversely proportional to the DPLL bandwidth.
To combine internal averaging with additional software filtering, the HOFREQ field can be configured to read out
the internally averaged frequency when RDAVG = 1 in the HOCR3 register. This averaged value can be read from
HOFREQ regardless of the current holdover mode. The FAST bit in HOCR3 specifies whether the value read is
from the fast averager or the slow averager.
7.7.1.7
Mini-Holdover
When the selected reference fails, the fast activity monitor (Section 7.5.3) isolates the T0 DPLL from the reference
within one or two clock cycles to avoid adverse effects on the DPLL frequency. When this fast isolation occurs, the
DPLL enters mini-holdover mode, with a mini-holdover frequency as specified by the MINIHO field of HOCR3. Miniholdover lasts until the selected reference returns or a new input clock has been chosen as the selected reference
or the state machine enters the holdover state. Note that when the T0 DPLL is configured for manual holdover
(MCR3:MANHO = 1), mini-holdover is also configured for manual holdover and HOCR3:MINIHO is ignored.
7.7.2
T4 DPLL State Machine
The T4 DPLL has a simpler state machine than the T0 DPLL, as shown in Figure 7-2. The T4 DPLL states are
similar to the equivalent states of the T0 DPLL. Note that the T4 DPLL only operates in revertive switching mode.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
30 of 150
DS3101
Figure 7-2. T4 DPLL State Transition Diagram
Reset
Free-Run
all input clocks evaluated
at least one input valid
selected reference invalid AND
valid input clock available
Pre-locked
loss-of-lock on
selected reference
selected reference invalid
AND valid input clock available
7.7.3
selected reference invalid AND
no valid input clock available
phase-locked to
selected reference
Locked
selected reference invalid AND
no valid input clock available
Bandwidth
The bandwidth of the T4 DPLL is configured in the T4BW register to be 18Hz, 35Hz, or 70Hz. This bandwidth value
is used for both acquisition and locked mode.
The bandwidth of the T0 DPLL is configured in the T0ABW and T0LBW registers for various values from 0.5mHz to
70Hz. The AUTOBW bit in the MCR9 register controls automatic bandwidth selection. When AUTOBW = 1, the T0
DPLL uses the T0ABW bandwidth during acquisition (not phase locked) and the T0LBW bandwidth when phase
locked. When AUTOBW = 0 the T0 DPLL uses the T0LBW bandwidth all the time, both during acquisition and
when phase locked.
When LIMINT = 1 in the MCR9 register, the DPLL’s integral path is limited (i.e., frozen) when the DPLL reaches
minimum or maximum frequency. Setting LIMINT = 1 minimizes overshoot when the DPLL is pulling in.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
31 of 150
DS3101
7.7.4
Damping Factor
The damping factor for the T0 DPLL is configured in the DAMP field of the T0CR2 register, while the damping
factor the T4 DPLL is configured in the DAMP field of the T4CR2 register. The reset default damping factors for
both DPLLs are chosen to give a maximum wander gain peak of approximately 0.1dB. Available settings are a
function of DPLL bandwidth (configured in the T4BW, T0ABW, and T0LBW registers). See Table 7-5.
Table 7-5. Damping Factors and Peak Jitter/Wander Gain
BANDWIDTH
0.5mHz to 4Hz
8Hz
18 Hz
35 Hz
70 Hz
7.7.5
DAMP[2:0]
VALUE
1, 2, 3, 4, 5
1
2, 3, 4, 5
1
2
3, 4, 5
1
2
3
4, 5
1
2
3
4
5
DAMPING FACTOR
5
2.5
5
1.2
2.5
5
1.2
2.5
5
10
1.2
2.5
5
10
20
GAIN PEAK (dB)
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.06
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.06
0.03
Phase Detectors
Phase detectors are used to compare a PLL’s feedback clock with its input clock. Several phase detectors are
available in both the T0 and T4 DPLLs:
Phase/frequency detector (PFD)
Early/late phase detector (PD2) for fine resolution
Multicycle phase detector (MCPD) for large input jitter tolerance
These detectors can be used in combination to give fine phase resolution combined with large jitter tolerance. As
with the rest of the DPLL logic, the phase detectors operate at input frequencies up to 77.76MHz. The multicycle
phase detector detects and remembers phase differences of many cycles (up to 8191UI).
The phase detectors can be configured for normal phase/frequency locking (±360° capture) or nearest-edge phase
locking (±180° capture). With nearest-edge detection the phase detectors are immune to occasional missing clock
cycles. The DPLL automatically switches to nearest-edge locking when the multicycle phase detector is disabled
and the other phase detectors determine that phase lock has been achieved. Setting D180 = 1 in the TEST1
register disables nearest-edge locking and forces the DPLL to use phase/frequency locking.
The early/late phase detector, also known as phase detector 2, is enabled and configured in the PD2* fields of
registers T0CR2 and T0CR3 for the T0 DPLL and registers T4CR2 and T4CR3 for the T4 DPLL. The reset default
settings of these registers are appropriate for all operating modes. Adjustments only affect small signal overshoot
and bandwidth.
The multicycle phase detector is enabled by setting MCPDEN = 1 in the PHLIM2 register. The range of the
MCPD—from ±1UI up to ±8191UI—is configured in the COARSELIM field of PHLIM2. The MCPD tracks phase
position over many clock cycles, giving high jitter tolerance. Thus the use of the MCPD is an alternative to the use
of LOCK8K mode for jitter tolerance.
When USEMCPD = 1 in PHLIM2, the MCPD is used in the DPLL loop, giving faster pull-in but more overshoot. In
this mode the loop has similar behavior to LOCK8K mode. In both cases large phase differences contribute to the
dynamics of the loop. When enabled by MCPDEN = 1, the MCPD tracks the phase position whether or not it is
used in the DPLL loop.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
32 of 150
DS3101
7.7.6
Loss of Phase Lock Detection
Loss of phase lock is triggered by any of the following in both the T0 and T4 DPLLs:
The fine phase lock detector (measures phase between input and feedback clocks)
The coarse phase lock detector (measures whole cycle slips)
Hard frequency limit detector
Inactivity detector
The fine phase lock detector is enabled by setting FLEN = 1 in the PHLIM1 register. The fine phase limit is
configured in the FINELIM field of PHLIM1.
The coarse phase lock detector is enabled by setting CLEN = 1 in the PHLIM2 register. The coarse phase limit is
configured in the COARSELIM field of PHLIM2. This coarse phase lock detector is part of the multicycle phase
detector (MCPD) described in Section 7.7.5. the COARSELIM fields sets both the MCPD range and the coarse
phase limit, since the two are equivalent. If loss of phase lock should not be declared for multiple-UI input jitter then
the fine phase lock detector should be disabled and the coarse phase lock detector should be used instead.
The hard frequency limit detector is enabled by setting FLLOL = 1 in the DLIMIT3 register. The hard limit for the T0
DPLL is configured in registers DLIMIT1 and DLIMIT2. The T4 DPLL hard limit is fixed at ±80ppm. When the DPLL
frequency reaches the hard limit, loss-of-lock is declared. The DLIMIT3 register also has the SOFTLIM field to
specify a soft frequency limit. Exceeding the soft frequency limit does not cause loss-of-lock to be declared. When
the T0 DPLL frequency exceeds the soft limit the T0SOFT status bit is set in the OPSTATE register. When the T4
DPLL frequency exceeds the soft limit the T4SOFT status bit is set in OPSTATE. Both the SOFT and HARD alarm
limits have hysteresis as required by GR-1244.
The inactivity detector is enabled by setting NALOL = 1 in the PHLIM1 register. When this detector is enabled the
DPLL declares loss-of-lock after one or two missing clock cycles on the selected reference. See Section 7.5.3.
When the T0 DPLL declares loss of phase lock, the state machine immediately transitions to the loss-of-lock state,
which sets the STATE bit in the MSR2 register and requests an interrupt if enabled.
When the T4 DPLL declares loss of phase lock, the T4LOCK bit is cleared in the OPSTATE register, which sets the
T4LOCK bit in the MSR3 register and requests an interrupt if enabled.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
33 of 150
DS3101
7.7.7
7.7.7.1
Phase Monitor and Phase Build-Out
Phase Monitor
The T0 DPLL has a phase monitor that measures the phase error between the input clock reference and the DPLL
output. The phase monitor is enabled by setting PHMON:PMEN = 1. When the T0 DPLL is set for low bandwidth, a
phase transient on the input causes an immediate phase error that is gradually reduced as the DPLL tracks the
input. When the measured phase error exceeds the limit set in the PHMON:PMLIM field, the phase monitor
declares a phase monitor alarm by setting the MSR3:PHMON bit. The PMLIM field can be configured for a limit
ranging from about 1μs to about 3.5μs.
7.7.7.2
Phase Build-Out in Response to Input Phase Transients
See Telcordia GR-1244-CORE Section 5.7 for an explanation of phase build-out (PBO) and the requirement for
stratum 2 and 3E clocks to perform PBO in response to input phase transients.
When the phase monitor is enabled (as described in Section 7.7.7.1) and PHMON:PMPBEN = 1, the T0 DPLL
automatically triggers PBO events in response to input transients greater than the limit set in PHMON:PMLIM. The
range of limits available in the PMLIM field allows the T0 DPLL to be configured to build out input transients greater
than 3.5μs, greater than 1μs, or any threshold in between.
To determine when to perform PBO, the phase monitor watches for phase changes greater than 100ns in a 10ms
interval on the selected reference. When such a phase change occurs, an internal 0.1 second timer is started. If
during this interval the phase change is greater than the PMLIM threshold then a PBO event occurs. During a PBO
event the device enters a temporary holdover state in which the phase difference between the selected reference
and the output is measured and fed into the DPLL loop to absorb the input transient. After a PBO event, regardless
of the input phase transient, the output phase transient is less than or equal to 5ns. Phase build-out can be frozen
at the current phase offset by setting MCR10:PBOFRZ = 1. When PBO is frozen the T0 DPLL ignores subsequent
phase build-out events and maintains the current phase offset between input and outputs.
7.7.7.3
Phase Build-Out in Response to Reference Switching
When MCR10:PBOEN = 0, phase build-out is not performed during reference switching, and the T0 DPLL always
locks to the selected reference at zero degrees of phase. With PBO disabled, transitions from a failed reference to
the next highest priority reference and transitions from holdover or free-run to locked mode cause phase transients
on output clocks as the T0 DPLL jumps from its previous phase to the phase of the new selected reference.
When MCR10:PBOEN = 1, phase build-out is performed during reference switching. With PBO enabled, if the
selected reference fails and another valid reference is available then the device enters a temporary holdover state
in which the phase difference between the new reference and the output is measured and fed into the DPLL loop to
absorb the input phase difference. Similarly, during transitions from holdover or free-run to locked mode, the phase
difference between the new reference and the output is measured and fed into the DPLL loop to absorb the input
phase difference. After a PBO event, regardless of the input phase difference, the output phase transient is less
than or equal to 5ns.
Any time that PBO is enabled it can also be frozen at the current phase offset by setting MCR10:PBOFRZ = 1.
When PBO is frozen the T0 DPLL ignores subsequent phase build-out events and maintains the current phase
offset between inputs and outputs.
Disabling PBO while the T0 DPLL is in the locked state causes a phase change on the output clocks while the
DPLL switches to tracking the selected reference with 0 degrees of phase error. The rate of phase change on the
output clocks depends on the DPLL bandwidth. Enabling PBO in the locked state also causes a PBO event.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
34 of 150
DS3101
7.7.7.4
Manual Phase Build-Out Control
Software can have manual control over phase build-out, if required. Initial configuration for manual PBO involves
locking to an input clock with frequency ≥ 6.48MHz, setting MCR10:PBOEN = 0 and PHMON:PMPBEN = 0 to
disable automatic phase build-out, and setting PHMON:PMEN = 1 and the proper phase limit in PHMON:PMLIM to
enable monitoring for a phase transient.
During operation, software can monitor for either a phase transient (MSR3:PHMON = 1) or a T0 DPLL state
change (MSR2:STATE = 1). When either event occurs, software can perform the following procedure to execute a
manual phase build-out (PBO) event:
1) Read the phase offset from the PHASE registers to decide whether or not to initiate a PBO event.
2) If a PBO event is desired then save the phase offset and set MCR10:PBOEN to cause a PBO event.
3) When the PBO event is complete (wait for a timeout and/or PHASE = 0), write the manual phase offset
registers (OFFSET) with the phase offset read earlier. (Note: the PHASE register is in degrees, the
OFFSET register is in picoseconds)
4) Clear MCR10:PBOEN and wait for the next event that may need a manual PBO.
7.7.7.5
PBO Phase Offset
An uncertainty of up to 5ns is introduced each time a phase build-out event occurs. This uncertainty results in a
phase hit on the output. Over a large number of phase build-out events the mean error should be zero. The PBOFF
register specifies a small fixed offset for each phase build-out event to skew the average error toward zero and
eliminate accumulation of phase shifts in one direction.
7.7.8
Input to Output Phase Adjustment
When phase build-out is disabled (PBOEN = 0 in MCR10 and PMPBEN = 0 in PHMON), the OFFSET registers can
be used to adjust the phase of the T0 DPLL output clocks with respect to the selected reference. Output phase
offset can be adjusted over a ±200ns range in 6ps increments. This phase adjustment occurs in the feedback clock
so that the output clocks are adjusted to compensate. The rate of change is therefore a function of DPLL
bandwidth. To quickly track large changes in phase, either LOCK8K mode (Section 7.4.2.2) or the coarse phase
detector (Section 7.7.5) should be used. Simply writing to the OFFSET registers with phase build-out disabled
causes a change in the input to output phase which can be considered to be a delay adjustment.
7.7.9
Phase Recalibration
When a phase build-out occurs, either automatic or manual, the feedback frequency synthesizer does not get an
internal alignment signal to keep it aligned with the output dividers, and therefore the phase difference between
input and output may become incorrect. This could occur if there is a power supply glitch or EMI event that affects
the sequential logic state machines. Setting the FSCR3:RECAL bit periodically causes a recalibration process to be
executed, which corrects any phase error that may have occurred.
During the recalibration process the device puts the DPLL into mini holdover, internally ramps the phase offset to
zero, resets all clock dividers, ramps the phase offset to the value stored in the OFFSET registers, and then
switches the DPLL out of mini holdover. If the OFFSET registers are written during the recalibration process, the
process will ramp the phase offset to the new offset value.
7.7.10
Frequency and Phase Measurement
Standard input clock frequency monitoring is described in Section 7.5.1. The input clock monitors report measured
frequency with 3.8ppm resolution. More accurate measurement of frequency and phase can be accomplished
using the DPLLs. The T0 DPLL is always monitoring its selected reference, but if the T4 DPLL is not otherwise
used then it can be configured as a high-resolution frequency and phase monitor. Software can then connect the
T4 DPLL to various input clocks on a rotating basis to measure frequency and phase. See MCR4:T4FORCE.
DPLL frequency measurements can be read from the FREQ field spanning registers FREQ1, FREQ2 and FREQ3.
This field indicates the frequency of the selected reference for either the T0 DPLL or the T4 DPLL, depending on
the setting of the T4T0 bit in MCR11. This frequency measurement has a resolution of 0.0003068ppm over a
±80ppm range. The value read from the FREQ field is the DPLL’s integral path value, which is an averaged
measurement with an averaging time inversely proportional to DPLL bandwidth.
DPLL phase measurements can be read from the PHASE field spanning registers PHASE1 and PHASE2. This
field indicates the phase difference seen by the phase detector for either the T0 DPLL or the T4 DPLL, depending
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
35 of 150
DS3101
on the setting of the T4T0 bit in MCR11. This phase measurement has a resolution of approximately 0.7 degrees
and is internally averaged with a -3dB attenuation point of approximately 100Hz. Thus, for low DPLL bandwidths
the PHASE field gives input phase wander in the frequency band from the DPLL corner frequency up to 100Hz.
This information could be used by software to compute a crude MTIE measurement up to an observation time of
approximately 1000 seconds.
For the T0 DPLL, the PHASE field always indicates the phase difference between the selected reference and the
internal feedback clock. The T4 DPLL, however, can be configured to measure the phase difference between two
input clocks. When T0CR1:T4MT0 = 1, the T4 path is disabled and the T4 phase detector is configured to compare
the T0 DPLL selected reference with the T4 DPLL selected reference. Any input clock can then be forced to be the
T4 DPLL selected reference using the T4FORCE field of MCR4. This feature can be used, for example, to measure
the phase difference between the T0 DPLL’s selected reference and its next highest priority reference. Software
could compute MTIE and TDEV with respect to the selected reference for any or all of the other input clocks.
When comparing the phase of the T0 and T4 selected references by setting T0CR1:T4MT0 = 1, several details
must be kept in mind. In this mode, the T4 path receives a copy of the T0 selected reference, either directly or
through a divider to 8kHz. If the T4 selected reference is divided down to 8kHz using LOCK8K or DIVN modes (see
Section 7.4.2), then the copy of the T0 selected reference is also divided down to 8kHz. If the T4 selected
reference is configured for direct-lock mode, then the copy of the T0 selected reference is not divided down and
must be the same frequency as the T4 selected reference. See Table 7-6 for more details. (While T0CR1:T4MT0 =
1 the T0 path continues to lock to the T0 selected reference in the manner specified in the corresponding ICR
register.)
Table 7-6. T0 Adaptation for T4 Phase Measurement Mode
LOCKING MODE
FOR T4
SELECTED
REFERENCE
LOCKING
MODE FOR T0
SELECTED
REFERENCE
DIVN or LOCK8K
DIVN or LOCK8K
DIVN or LOCK8K
DIRECT
LOCK8K
DIVN
LOCKING
MODE FOR
COPY OF T0
SELECTED
REF
LOCK8K
LOCK8K
DIVN
DIRECT
Any
DIRECT
FREQUENCY OF THE
T4 SELECTED REF
FOR T4/T0 PHASE
MEASUREMENT
FREQUENCY OF THE T0
SELECTED REF FOR
T4/T0 PHASE
MEASUREMENT
8kHz
8kHz
8kHz
Same as the T4 selected
ref input frequency
8kHz
8kHz
8kHz
Same as the T0 selected
ref input frequency(1)
Note 1:
In this case, the T0 select reference must be the same frequency as the T4 selected reference.
Note 2:
If the T4 selected reference frequency is 8kHz and the T0 selected reference is a different frequency, the two references can be
compared by configuring the T4 selected reference for 8 kHz and LOCK8K mode. This forces the copy of the T0 selected
reference to be divided down to 8kHz using either LOCK8K or DIVN mode.
7.7.11
Input Wander and Jitter Tolerance
The device is compliant with the jitter and wander tolerance requirements of the standards listed in Table 1-1.
Wander is tolerated up to the point where wander causes an apparent long-term frequency offset larger than the
limits specified in the ILIMIT and/or SRLIMIT registers. In such a situation the input clock would be declared invalid.
Jitter is tolerated up to the point of eye closure. Either LOCK8K mode (see Section 7.4.2.2) or the multicycle phase
detector (see Section 7.7.5) should be used for high jitter tolerance.
7.7.12
Jitter and Wander Transfer
In the DS3101, the transfer of jitter and wander from the selected reference to the output clocks has a
programmable transfer function that is determined by the DPLL bandwidth. (See Section 7.7.3.) In the T0 DPLL,
the 3dB corner frequency of the jitter transfer function can be set to any of 18 positions from 0.5mHz to 70Hz. In
the T4 DPLL, the 3dB corner frequency of the jitter transfer function can be set to 18Hz, 35Hz, or 70Hz.
During locked mode, the transfer of wander from the local oscillator clock (connected to the REFCLK pin) to the
output clocks is not significant as long as the DPLL bandwidth is set high enough to allow the DPLL to quickly
compensate for oscillator frequency changes. During free-run and holdover modes, local oscillator wander has a
much more significant effect. See Section 7.3.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
36 of 150
DS3101
7.7.13
Output Jitter and Wander
Several factors contribute to jitter and wander on the output clocks, including:
Jitter and wander amplitude on the selected reference (while in the locked state)
The jitter/wander transfer characteristic of the device (while in the locked state)
The jitter and wander on the local oscillator clock signal (especially wander while in the holdover
state)
The DPLL in the device has programmable bandwidth (see Section 7.7.3). With respect to jitter and wander, the
DPLL behaves as a low-pass filter with a programmable pole. The bandwidth of the DPLL is normally set low
enough to strongly attenuate jitter. The wander attenuation depends on the DPLL bandwidth chosen.
Over time frequency changes in the local oscillator can cause a phase difference between the selected reference
and the output clocks. This is especially true at DPLL bandwidths of 0.1Hz and below because the DPLL’s rate of
change may be slower than the oscillator’s rate of change. Oscillators with better stability will minimize this effect.
In some applications an OCXO may be required rather than a TCXO. In the most demand applications, the OCXO
may need to be shielded to further reduce the rate of temperature change and thus the rate of frequency change.
Typical MTIE and TDEV measurements for the DS3101 in locked mode are shown in Figure 7-3 and Figure 7-4,
respectively.
Figure 7-3. Typical MTIE for T0 DPLL Output
1000
G.813 Option 1 constant temperature mask
MTIE (ns)
100
10
Measured MTIE, 19.44 MHz Input and Output,
4 Hz Bandwidth, DS4026 TCXO
1
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
1000
10000
Obs e rvation Inte rval (s )
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
37 of 150
DS3101
Figure 7-4. Typical TDEV for T0 DPLL Output
10
G.813 Option 1 constant temperature mask
TDEV (ns)
1
0.1
Measured TDEV, 19.44 MHz Input and Output,
4 Hz Bandwidth, DS4026 TCXO
0.01
0.001
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
1000
10000
Obs e rvation Inte rnval (s )
7.8
Output Clock Configuration
A total of 11 output clock pins, OC1 to OC11, are available on the device. Output clocks OC1 to OC7 are
individually configurable for a variety of frequencies derived from either the T0 DPLL path or the T4 DPLL path.
Output clocks OC8 to OC11 are more specialized, serving as a dedicated composite clock transmitter (OC8), a
1544/2.048kHz clock (OC9), an 8kHz frame sync (OC10), and a 2kHz multiframe sync (OC11). Table 7-7 provides
more detail on the capabilities of the output clocks.
Table 7-7. Output Clock Capabilities
OUTPUT
CLOCK
OC1
OC2
OC3
OC4
OC5
OC6
OC7
OC8
SIGNAL
FORMAT
CMOS/TTL
CMOS/TTL
CMOS/TTL
CMOS/TTL
CMOS/TTL
LVDS
LVDS
AMI
Frequency selection per Section 7.8.2.3 and Table 7-9 through Table 7-12
OC9
CMOS/TTL
1.544MHz or 2.048MHz
OC10
CMOS/TTL
8kHz frame sync with programmable pulse width and polarity
OC11
CMOS/TTL
2kHz multiframe sync with programmable pulse width and polarity
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
FREQUENCIES SUPPORTED
64kHz composite clock
38 of 150
DS3101
7.8.1
Signal Format Configuration
Output clocks OC6 and OC7 are enabled and disabled via the OC6SF and OC7SF configuration bits in the MCR8
register. The LVDS electrical specifications are listed in Table 10-4, and the recommended LVDS termination is
shown in Figure 10-1. These outputs can be easily interfaced to LVPECL and CML inputs on neighboring ICs using
a few external passive components. Refer to Maxim App Note HFAN-1.0: Introduction to LVDS, PECL, and CML
for details.
Output clock OC8 is a dedicated composite clock (CC) transmitter. The composite clock signal is a 64kHz AMI
clock with an embedded 8kHz clock indicated by deliberate bipolar violations (BPVs) every 8 clock cycles. See
Section 7.10.2 for OC8 configuration details. The AMI CC electrical specifications are shown in Table 10-6, and the
recommended external components are shown in Figure 10-3.
Output clocks OC1 to OC5 and OC9 to OC11 are always CMOS/TTL signal format.
7.8.2
Frequency Configuration
The frequency of most of the output clocks is a function of the settings used to configure the components of the T0
and T4 PLL paths. These components are shown in the detailed block diagram of Figure 7-5.
The T0 and T4 PLLs use digital frequency synthesis (DFS) to generate various clocks. In DFS, a high-speed
master clock (204.8MHz) is divided down to the desired output frequency. The edges of the output clock, however,
are not ideally located in time but rather are aligned with the edges of the master clock resulting in jitter with an
amplitude equal to 1 period of the master clock (i.e., 4.88ns).
7.8.2.1
T0 DPLL and APLL Details
The 77M forward DFS block (see Figure 7-5) uses the 204.8MHz master clock and DFS to synthesize a 77.76MHz
clock with 4.88ns inherent peak-to-peak jitter. This clock can be fed directly to the feedback DFS block or it can be
passed through the feedback APLL to reduce jitter to less than 1ns. The 77M forward DFS block handles phase
build-out and any phase offset configured in the OFFSET registers. Thus, the 77M output DFS block and the 77M
forward DFS block are frequency locked but may have a phase offset.
The feedback DFS block takes as its input clock either the output from the 77M forward DFS or the jitter-filtered
output from the T0 feedback APLL. The feedback DFS block synthesizes the appropriate locking frequency for use
in the phase-frequency detector (PFD).
The 77M output DFS block also uses the 204.8MHz master clock and DFS to synthesize a 77.76MHz clock with
4.88ns peak-to-peak jitter. This clock goes to both the output APLL and the low frequency (LF) output DFS block.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
39 of 150
DS3101
Figure 7-5. DPLL Block Diagram
0
T4CR1:T4FREQ[3:0]
MCR4:LKT4T0
T4 selected
reference
T4
PFD and
Loop Filter
0
1
1
T4
Foward
DFS
MCR4:T4DFB
Locking
Frequency
1
T4
Output
APLL
0
MCR4:T4DFB
0
T4
LF Output
DFS
T4
Feedback
DFS
1
1
T4
Output
Dividers
T0CR1:T4APT0
0
0
OC8, OC9
T0CR1:T4MT0
1
T0 selected reference
8 kHz
T4 Path
OC10, OC11
T0
LF Output
DFS
T0CR1:T0FREQ[2:0]
T0
77M Output
DFS
T0 selected
reference
T0
PFD and
Loop Filter
Locking
Frequency
T0
77M Foward
DFS
T0
Feedback
DFS
T0
Feedback
APLL
MCR4:OC89
T0
Output
APLL
T0
Output
Dividers
OC1 to OC7
OCRm:OFREQn[3:0]
FSCR1:2K8KSRC
T0CR1:T0FREQ[2:0]
1
0
T0CR1:T0FREQ[2:0]=000
T0 Path
The LF output DFS block takes as its input clock either the output from the 77M output DFS or the jitter-filtered
output of the output APLL. The LF output DFS block synthesizes three frequencies: Digital1, Digital2, and a third
frequency for producing multiple N x DS1/E1 rates via the output APLLs. When the output APLL uses the output
from the LF output DFS, the LF output DFS uses the output from the 77M output DFS block to avoid a loop. The LF
output DFS also synthesizes frequencies for use by output clocks OC8, OC9, OC10, and OC11.
The frequency of the Digital1 clock is configured by the DIG1SS bit in MCR6 and the DIG1F[1:0] field in MCR7.
The frequency of the Digital2 clock is configured by the DIG2AF and DIG2SS bits in MCR6 and the DIG2F[1:0] field
in MCR7. Digital1 and Digital2 can be independently configured for any of the frequencies shown in Table 7-8.
Because they are generated by DFS and cannot be filtered by an APLL, Digital1 and Digital2 have relatively highamplitude jitter. The minimum jitter is approximately 12ns (one period of the input clock to the LF output DFS) when
the T0 path is in analog feedback mode. The maximum jitter is approximately 17ns when T0 is in digital feedback
mode. Both the Digital1 and Digital2 rates are available to output clocks OC1 to OC7.
The output APLL takes as its input clock either the output of the 77M output DFS or one of the frequencies from the
LF output DFS (77.76MHz, 16 x DS1, 24 x DS1, 12 x E1, or 16 x E1). The output frequency of the output APLL is
four times the input frequency (e.g., 311.04MHz for 77.76MHz input). The output clock is then divided by 1, 2, 4, 6,
8, 12, 16, and 48. These clock rates are available to the OC1 to OC7 output clocks.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
40 of 150
DS3101
Table 7-8. Digital1 and Digital2 Frequencies
DIGxF[1:0]
SETTING IN MCR7
00
01
10
11
00
01
10
11
DIGxSS
SETTING IN MCR6
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
FREQUENCY (MHz)
2.048
4.096
8.192
16.384
1.544
3.088
6.176
12.352
Note: When MCR6:DIG2AF = 1, Digital2 generates 6312kHz (must set MCR6:DIG2SS = 0 and MCR7:DIG2F = 00).
7.8.2.2
T4 DPLL and APLL Details
The T4 path is simpler than the T0 path and does not support phase build-out or phase offset. The T4 path can be
locked to an input clock or to the T0 path (by setting LKT4T0 = 1 in MCR4). Using the 204.8MHz master clock and
DFS, the T4 forward DFS block generates a clock with 4.88 ns inherent peak-to-peak jitter at any of the following
frequencies: 16 x DS1, 24 x DS1, 12 x E1, 16 x E1, DS3, 2 x E3, 62.5MHz, or 77.76MHz. This clock can be fed
directly to the T4 feedback DFS block (T4DFB = 1 in MCR4), or it can be passed through the T4 output APLL to
reduce jitter to less than 1ns (T4DFB = 0).
The T4 feedback DFS block takes as its input clock either the output from the T4 forward DFS or the jitter-filtered
output from the T4 output APLL, depending on the setting of MCR4:T4DFB. The T4 feedback DFS block
synthesizes the appropriate locking frequency for use in the T4 phase-frequency detector (PFD).
The T4 output APLL filters jitter to less than 1 ns and takes as its input clock either the output of the T4 forward
DFS block or one of the frequencies from the T0 LF output DFS (16xDS1, 24xDS1, 12xE1, 16xE1 or 4x6312kHz,
as specified by T0CR1:T0FT4[2:0]). The output frequency of the output APLL is four times the input frequency
(e.g., 311.04MHz for 77.76MHz input). The output clock is then divided by 2, 4, 8, 16, 48, and 64. These clock
rates are available to the OC1 to OC7 output clocks.
The T4 LF output DFS block normally takes as its input clock the jitter-filtered output of the T4 output APLL. When
the T4 output APLL is connected to the T0 LF output DFS (T0CR1:T4APT0 = 1), the T4 output APLL must be
disconnected from the T4 DPLL loop by configuring the loop for digital feedback (MCR4:T4DFB = 1). In this
situation the T4 LF output DFS takes its input from the T4 forward DFS block. The T4 LF output DFS block
generates 2kHz and 8kHz frequencies for use by output clocks OC1 to OC7 (when FSCR1:2K8KSRC = 1) and
synthesizes frequencies for use by output clocks OC8 and OC9 (when MCR4:OC89 = 1).
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
41 of 150
DS3101
7.8.2.3
OC1 to OC7 Configuration
The following is a step-by-step procedure for configuring the frequencies of output clocks OC1 to OC7:
1) Determine whether the T4 path must be independent of the T0 path or not. If the T4 path must be
independent, set T4APT0 = 0 in register T0CR1. If the T4 path can be locked to the T0 path then
set T4APT0 = 1.
2) Use Table 7-9 to select a set of output frequencies for each path, T0 and T4. Each path can only
generate one set of output frequencies. (In SONET/SDH equipment the T0 path is typically
configured for an APLL frequency of 311.04MHz in order to get 19.44MHz and/or 38.88MHz output
clocks to distribute to system line cards.)
3) Determine from Table 7-9 the T0 and T4 APLL frequencies required for the frequency sets chosen
in step 2.
4) Configure the T0FREQ field in register T0CR1 as shown in Table 7-10 for the T0 APLL frequency
determined in step 3. Configure the T4FREQ field in register T4CR1 as shown in Table 7-11 for
the T4 APLL frequency determined in step 3. If the T4 APLL is locked to the T0 DPLL then the
T0FT4 field in T0CR1 must also be configured as shown in Table 7-11.
5) Using Table 7-9 and Table 7-12, configure the frequencies of output clocks OC1 through OC7 in
the OFREQn fields of registers OCR1 to OCR4.
6) If any of OC1 to OC7 are configured for 2kHz or 8kHz frequency, set 2K8KSRC = 0 in FSCR1 to
source these frequencies from the T0 path or 2K8KSRC = 1 to source these frequencies from the
T4 path.
Table 7-13 lists all possible frequencies for output clocks OC1 to OC7 and specifies how to configure the T0 path
and/or the T4 path to obtain each frequency. Table 7-13 also indicates the expected jitter amplitude for each
frequency.
Table 7-9. APLL Frequency to Output Frequencies (T0 and T4)
APLL
FREQUENCY
311.04
274.944
250.000
178.944
148.224
131.072
100.992
98.816
98.304
APLL/2
APLL/4
APLL/6
APLL/8
APLL/12
APLL/16
APLL/48
APLL/64
155.52
137.472
125.000
89.472
74.112
65.536
50.496
49.408
49.152
77.76
68.376
62.500
44.736
37.056
32.768
25.248
24.704
24.576
51.84
—
—
—
24.704
21.84533
16.832
16.46933
16.384
38.88
34.368
31.250
22.368
18.528
16.384
12.624
12.352
12.288
25.92
—
—
—
12.352
10.92267
8.416
8.23467
8.192
19.44
17.184
15.625
11.184
9.264
8.192
6.312
6.176
6.144
6.48
5.728
5.2083
3.728
3.088
2.73067
2.104
2.05867
2.048
4.86
4.296
3.90625
2.796
2.316
2.048
1.578
1.544
1.536
Note: All frequencies in MHz. Common telecom frequencies are in bold type.
Table 7-10. T0 APLL Frequency to T0 Path Configuration
T0 APLL
FREQUENCY (MHz)
311.04
311.04
98.304
131.072
148.224
98.816
100.992
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
T0 FREQUENCY MODE
77.76MHz, digital feedback
77.7MHz, analog feedback
12 x E1 (digital feedback)
16 x E1 (digital feedback)
24 x DS1 (digital feedback)
16 x DS1 (digital feedback)
4 x 6312kHz (digital feedback)
T0FREQ[2:0] SETTING
IN T0CR1
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
OUTPUT JITTER
(pk-pk, ns)
< 0.5
< 0.5
<2
<2
<2
<2
<2
42 of 150
DS3101
Table 7-11. T4 APLL Frequency to T4 Path Configuration
T4 APLL
FREQUENCY
(MHz)
T4
FREQUENCY
MODE
311.04
311.04
98.304
131.072
148.224
98.816
274.944
178.944
100.992
250.000
98.304
131.072
148.224
98.816
100.992
Squelched
Normal
12 x E1
16 x E1
24 x DS1
16 x DS1
2 x E3
DS3
4 x 6312 kHz
GbE ÷ 16
T0 12 x E1
T0 16 x E1
T0 24 x DS1
T0 16 x DS1
4 x 6312kHz
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
T4
FORWARD
DFS FREQ
(MHz)
77.76
77.76
24.576
32.768
37.056
24.704
68.736
44.736
25.248
62.500
—
—
—
—
—
T4APT0
SETTING IN
T0CR1
T4FREQ[3:0]
SETTING IN
T4CR1
T0FT4[2:0]
SETTING IN
T0CR1
OUTPUT
JITTER
(pk-pk, ns)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
000
010
100
110
111
< 0.5
< 0.5
< 0.5
< 0.5
< 0.5
< 0.5
< 0.5
< 0.5
< 0.5
< 0.5
<2
<2
<2
<2
<2
43 of 150
DS3101
Table 7-12. OC1 to OC7 Output Frequency Selection
REGISTER
VALUE(1)
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
FREQUENCY
OC1
Disabled
2kHz
8kHz
Digital2
Digital1
T0 APLL/48
T0 APLL/16
T0 APLL/12
T0 APLL/8
T0 APLL/6
T0 APLL/4
T4 APLL/64
T4 APLL/48
T4 APLL/16
T4 APLL/8
T4 APLL/4
OC2
Disabled
2kHz
8kHz
Digital2
Digital1
T0 APLL/48
T0 APLL/16
T0 APLL/12
T0 APLL/8
T0 APLL/6
T0 APLL/4
T4 APLL/64
T4 APLL/48
T4 APLL/16
T4 APLL/8
T4 APLL/4
OC3
Disabled
2kHz
8kHz
Digital2
Digital1
T0 APLL/48
T0 APLL/16
T0 APLL/12
T0 APLL/8
T0 APLL/6
T0 APLL/4
T4 APLL/64
T4 APLL/48
T4 APLL/16
T4 APLL/8
T4 APLL/4
OC4
Disabled
2kHz
8kHz
Digital2
Digital1
T0 APLL/48
T0 APLL/16
T0 APLL/12
T0 APLL/8
T0 APLL/6
T0 APLL/4
T4 APLL/2
T4 APLL/48
T4 APLL/16
T4 APLL/8
T4 APLL/4
OC5
Disabled
2kHz
8kHz
Digital2
Digital1
T0 APLL/48
T0 APLL/16
T0 APLL/12
T0 APLL/8
T0 APLL/6
T0 APLL/4
T4 APLL/2
T4 APLL/48
T4 APLL/16
T4 APLL/8
T4 APLL/4
OC6
Disabled
2kHz
8kHz
T0 APLL/2
Digital1
T0 APLL/1
T0 APLL/16
T0 APLL/12
T0 APLL/8
T0 APLL/6
T0 APLL/4
T4 APLL/64
T4 APLL/48
T4 APLL/16
T4 APLL/8
T4 APLL/4
OC7
Disabled
2kHz
8kHz
Digital2
T0 APLL/2
T0 APLL/48
T0 APLL/16
T0 APLL/12
T0 APLL/8
T0 APLL/6
T0 APLL/4
T4 APLL/64
T4 APLL/48
T4 APLL/16
T4 APLL/8
T4 APLL/4
Note 1: The value of the OFREQn field (in the OCR1 through OCR4 registers) corresponding to output clock OCn.
Table 7-13. Possible Frequencies for OC1 to OC7
FREQUENCY (MHz)
2kHz
2kHz
8kHz
8kHz
1.536
1.536
1.544
1.544
1.544
1.544
1.544
1.544
1.578
1.578
2.048
2.048
2.048
2.048
2.048
2.048
2.048
2.048
2.048
2.059
2.059
2.059
2.104
2.104
2.104
2.316
2.316
2.731
2.731
2.731
77.76MHz, analog
Any digital feedback
77.76MHz, analog
Any digital feedback
Not OC4 or OC5
Not OC4 or OC5
Via Digital1, not OC7
Via Digital2, not OC6
Via Digital1, not OC7
Via Digital2, not OC6
Not OC4 or OC5
Not OC4 or OC5
Not OC4 or OC5
Not OC4 or OC5
Not OC6
Via Digital1, not OC7
Via Digital2, not OC6
Via Digital1, not OC7
Via Digital2, not OC6
T4 DPLL
MODE
T0 DPLL MODE
—
—
12 x E1
T4 DPLL
T0 12 x E1
16 x DS1
T4 DPLL
T0 16 x DS1
T4 DPLL
T0 4x6312kHz
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, analog
Any digital feedback
Any digital feedback
4 x 6312kHz
12 x E1 mode
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, analog
Any digital feedback
Any digital feedback
12 x E1
Not OC4 or OC5
Not OC4 or OC5
Not OC6
Not OC6
Not OC4 or OC5
Not OC4 or OC5
Not OC6
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
T4 APLL
SOURCE
16 x E1
T4 DPLL
T0 12 x E1
T4 DPLL
T0 16 x E1
16 x DS1
16 x DS1
T4 DPLL
T0 16 x DS1
4 x 6312kHz
T4 DPLL
T0 4x6312kHz
T4 DPLL
T0 24 x DS1
4 x 6312 kHz
24 x DS1
16 x E1
16 x E1
T4 DPLL
T0 16 x E1
OFREQN
SETTING
0001
0001
0010
0010
1011
1011
0100
0011
0100
0011
1011
1011
1011
1011
0101
0100
0011
0100
0011
1100
1100
1011
1011
0101
1100
1100
0101
1100
1100
1011
1011
0101
1100
1100
JITTER (TYP)
RMS
pk-pk
(ps)
(ns)
60
0.6
1400
5.0
60
0.6
1400
5.0
55
0.6
250
1.5
3800
13
3800
13
3800
18
3800
18
140
1.2
275
1.9
240
1.5
260
1.8
425
2.6
3800
13
3800
13
3800
18
3800
18
55
0.6
250
1.5
50
0.5
350
2.4
435
2.8
140
1.2
275
1.9
340
2.3
240
1.8
260
1.8
150
1.0
400
2.8
380
2.6
50
0.5
350
2.4
44 of 150
DS3101
FREQUENCY (MHz)
2.796
3.088
3.088
3.088
3.088
3.088
3.088
3.088
3.728
3.90625
4.096
4.096
4.096
4.096
4.296
4.86
5.2083
5.728
6.144
6.144
6.144
6.176
6.176
6.176
6.176
6.176
6.176
6.176
6.312
6.312
6.312
6.312
6.312
6.48
6.48
6.48
8.192
8.192
8.192
8.192
8.192
8.192
8.192
8.192
8.235
8.416
9.264
9.264
9.264
10.923
11.184
12.288
12.288
12.288
12.352
12.352
12.352
12.352
12.352
Not OC4 or OC5
Not OC6
Via Digital1, not OC7
Via Digital2, not OC6
Via Digital1, not OC7
Via Digital2, not OC6
Not OC4 or OC5
Via Digital1, not OC7
Via Digital2, not OC6
Via Digital1, not OC7
Via Digital2, not OC6
Not OC4 or OC5
Not OC4 or OC5
T0 DPLL MODE
T4 DPLL
MODE
T4 APLL
SOURCE
DS3
T4 DPLL
24 x DS1
DS3
GbE ÷ 16
T4 DPLL
T0 24 x DS1
T4 DPLL
T4 DPLL
2 x E3
77.76MHz
GbE ÷ 16
2 x E3
T4 DPLL
T4 DPLL
T4 DPLL
T4 DPLL
12 x E1
T4 DPLL
T0 12 x E1
16 x DS1
T4 DPLL
T0 16 x DS1
4 x 6312kHz
T4 DPLL
T0 4 x 6312kHz
77.76 MHz
T4 DPLL
16 x E1
T4 DPLL
T0 16 x E1
24 x DS1
T4 DPLL
T0 24 x DS1
DS3
T4 DPLL
12 x E1
T4 DPLL
T0 12 x E1
16 x DS1
T4 DPLL
T0 16 x DS1
24 x DS1
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, analog
Any digital feedback
Any digital feedback
77.76 MHz, analog
77.76 MHz, analog
Any digital feedback
Any digital feedback
12 x E1
Via Digital1, not OC7
Via Digital2, not OC6
Via Digital1, not OC7
Via Digital2, not OC6
Via Digital 2, not OC6
Via Digital 2, not OC6
16 x DS1
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, analog
Any digital feedback
Any digital feedback
4 x 6312kHz
77.76MHz, analog
Any digital feedback
Not OC6
Not OC6
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, digital
Via Digital1, not OC7
Via Digital2, not OC6
Via Digital1, not OC7
Via Digital2, not OC6
12 x E1
16 x E1
77.76 MHz, analog
77.76 MHz, analog
Any digital feedback
Any digital feedback
16 x DS1
4 x 6312kHz
24 x DS1
16 x E1
12 x E1
24 x DS1
16 x DS1
Via Digital1, Not OC7
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
77.76MHz, analog
OFREQN
SETTING
1011
0101
0100
0011
0100
0011
1100
1100
1100
1011
0100
0011
0100
0011
1011
1011
1100
1100
0110
1101
1101
0110
0100
0011
0100
0011
1101
1101
0110
0011
0011
1101
1101
0101
0101
1100
0111
0110
0100
0011
0100
0011
1101
1101
0111
0111
0110
1101
1101
0111
1101
1000
1110
1110
0111
1000
1110
1110
0100
JITTER (TYP)
RMS
pk-pk
(ps)
(ns)
80
0.7
400
2.8
3800
13
3800
13
3800
18
3800
18
150
1.0
400
2.8
80
0.7
70
0.6
3800
13
3800
13
3800
18
3800
18
350
2.0
60
0.6
70
0.6
350
2.0
425
2.6
55
0.6
250
1.5
435
2.8
3800
13
3800
13
3800
18
3800
18
140
1.2
275
1.9
340
2.3
3800
13
3800
18
240
1.8
260
1.8
60
0.6
60
0.6
60
0.6
425
2.6
380
2.6
3800
13
3800
13
3800
18
3800
18
50
0.5
350
2.4
435
2.8
340
2.3
400
2.8
150
1.0
400
2.8
380
2.6
80
0.7
425
2.6
55
0.6
250
1.5
400
2.8
435
2.8
140
1.2
275
1.9
3800
13
45 of 150
DS3101
FREQUENCY (MHz)
12.352
12.352
12.352
12.624
12.624
12.624
15.625
16.384
16.384
16.384
16.384
16.384
16.384
16.384
16.384
16.469
16.832
17.184
18.528
18.528
18.528
19.44
19.44
19.44
21.845
22.368
24.576
24.576
24.576
24.704
24.704
24.704
24.704
25.000
25.248
25.248
25.248
25.92
25.92
31.25
32.768
32.768
32.768
34.368
37.056
37.056
37.056
38.88
38.88
38.88
44.736
49.152
49.152
49.152
49.408
49.408
49.408
50.496
50.496
Via Digital2, Not OC6
Via Digital1, Not OC7
Via Digital2, Not OC6
T0 DPLL MODE
T4 DPLL
MODE
T4 APLL
SOURCE
77.76MHz, analog
Any digital feedback
Any digital feedback
4 x 6312kHz
4 x 6312kHz
GbE ÷ 16
T4 DPLL
T0 4x6312kHz
T4 DPLL
12 x E1
16 x E1
Via Digital1, Not OC7
Via Digital2, Not OC6
Via Digital1, Not OC7
Via Digital2, Not OC6
16 x E1
T4 DPLL
T0 16 x DS1
2 x E3
T4 DPLL
24 x DS1
T4 DPLL
T0 24 x DS1
77.76 MHz
T4 DPLL
DS3
T4 DPLL
12 x E1
T4 DPLL
T0 12 x E1
16 x DS1
T4 DPLL
T0 16 x DS1
T4 DPLL
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, analog
Any digital feedback
Any digital feedback
16 x DS1
4 x 6312kHz
24 x DS1
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, digital
16 x E1
12 x E1
24 x DS1
16 x DS1
GbE ÷ 16
4 x 6312kHz
4 x 6312kHz
T4 DPLL
T0 4x6312kHz
GbE ÷ 16
T4 DPLL
16 x E1
T4 DPLL
T0 16 x E1
T4 DPLL
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, digital
16 x E1
2 x E3
24 x DS1
24 x DS1
T4 DPLL
T0 24 x DS1
77.76MHz
DS3
T4 DPLL
T4 DPLL
12 x E1
T4 DPLL
T0 12 x E1
16 x DS1
T4 DPLL
T0 16 x DS1
4 x 6312kHz
T4 DPLL
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, digital
OC6 and OC7 Only
OC4 and OC5 Only
OC4 and OC5 Only
OC6 and OC7 Only
OC4 and OC5 Only
OC4 and OC5 Only
OC6 and OC7 Only
OC4 and OC5 Only
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
12 x E1
16 x DS1
4 x 6312kHz
OFREQN
SETTING
0011
0100
0011
1000
1110
1110
1101
1001
1000
1110
1110
0100
0011
0100
0011
1001
1001
1101
1000
1110
1110
0110
0110
1101
1001
1110
1010
1111
1111
1001
1010
1111
1111
1100
1010
1111
1111
0111
0111
1110
1010
1111
1111
1110
1010
1111
1111
1000
1000
1110
1111
0011/0100
1011
1011
0011/0100
1011
1011
0011/0100
1011
JITTER (TYP)
RMS
pk-pk
(ps)
(ns)
3800
13
3800
18
3800
18
340
2.3
240
1.8
260
1.8
70
0.6
425
2.6
380
2.6
50
0.5
275
1.9
3800
13
3800
13
3800
18
3800
18
435
2.8
340
2.3
350
2.0
400
2.8
150
1.0
400
2.8
60
0.6
60
0.6
60
0.6
380
2.6
80
0.7
425
2.6
55
0.6
250
1.5
400
2.8
435
2.8
140
1.2
275
1.9
70
0.6
340
2.3
240
1.8
260
1.8
60
0.6
60
0.6
70
0.6
380
2.6
50
0.5
350
2.4
350
2.0
400
2.8
150
1.0
400
2.8
60
0.6
60
0.6
60
0.6
80
0.7
425
2.6
55
0.6
250
1.5
435
2.8
140
1.2
275
1.9
340
2.3
240
1.8
46 of 150
DS3101
FREQUENCY (MHz)
50.496
51.84
51.84
62.50
65.536
65.536
65.536
68.736
74.112
74.112
74.112
77.76
77.76
77.76
89.472
98.304
98.816
100.992
125.000
131.072
137.472
148.224
155.52
155.52
155.52
311.04
311.04
7.8.2.4
T0 DPLL MODE
T4 DPLL
MODE
OC4 and OC5 Only
T4 APLL
SOURCE
OFREQN
SETTING
T0 4 x 6312kHz
1011
1001
1001
1111
0011/0100
1011
1011
1111
0011/0100
1011
1011
1010
1010
1111
1011
0101
0101
0101
1011
0101
1011
0101
0011/0100
0011/0100
1011
0101
0101
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, digital
OC6 and OC7 Only
OC4 and OC5 Only
OC4 and OC5 Only
16 x E1
OC6 and OC7 Only
OC4 and OC5 Only
OC4 and OC5 Only
24 x DS1
GbE ÷ 16
T4 DPLL
16 x E1
T4 DPLL
T0 16 x E1
T4 DPLL
2 x E3
24 x DS1
T4 DPLL
T0 24 x DS1
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, digital
OC4 and OC5 Only
OC6 Only
OC6 Only
OC6 Only
OC5 Only
OC6 Only
OC4 and OC5 Only
OC6 Only
OC6 and OC7 Only
OC6 and OC7 Only
OC4 and OC5 Only
OC6 Only
OC6 Only
77.76MHz
DS3
T4 DPLL
GbE ÷ 16
T4 DPLL
2 x E3
T4 DPLL
77.76MHz
T4 DPLL
12 x E1
16 x DS1
4 x 6312kHz
16 x E1
24 x DS1
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, digital
77.76MHz, analog
77.76MHz, digital
JITTER (TYP)
RMS
pk-pk
(ps)
(ns)
260
1.8
60
0.6
60
0.6
70
0.6
380
2.6
50
0.5
350
2.4
350
2.0
400
2.8
150
1.0
400
2.8
60
0.6
60
0.6
60
0.6
80
0.7
425
2.6
435
2.8
340
2.8
70
0.6
380
2.6
350
2.0
400
2.8
60
0.6
60
0.6
60
0.6
60
0.6
60
0.6
OC8 and OC9 Configuration
Output clocks OC8 and OC9 are generated by digital frequency synthesis (DFS) from either the T0 path or the T4
path, depending on the setting of the OC89 bit in MCR4. When generated from the T4 path (OC89 = 0), if ASQUEL
= 1 in T4CR1 then OC8 and OC9 are automatically squelched when T4 has no valid input references.
OC8 is always a 64kHz composite clock transmitter and therefore does not require any frequency configuration.
Being 64kHz, OC8 can be divided down directly from the source DFS block’s input clock. The jitter on OC8 can
range from 13ns to 17ns, depending on whether the DPLL is in analog or digital feedback mode. See Section
7.10.2 for additional OC8 configuration details.
OC9 is always a DS1 or E1 clock. OC9 is enabled by setting OC9EN = 1 in the OCR4 register, and it is configured
for DS1 or E1 with the OC9SON bit in T4CR1 (when OC89 = 0) or with the SONSDH bit in MCR3 (when OC89 =
1). OC9 must synthesized, rather than directly divided down, from the source DFS block’s input clock. The jitter on
OC9 is therefore a function of the jitter on the input clock and the jitter generated during synthesis. OC9 jitter can
range from 11ns to 20ns.
7.8.2.5
OC10 and OC11 Configuration
Output clocks OC10 and OC11 are always generated from the T0 path. OC10 is enabled by setting OC10EN = 1 in
the OCR4 register, while OC11 is enabled by setting OC11EN = 1 in OCR4.
When 8KPUL = 0 in FSCR1, OC10 is configured as an 8kHz clock with 50% duty cycle. When 8KPUL = 1, OC10 is
an 8kHz frame sync that pulses low once every 125μs with pulse width equal to one cycle of output clock OC3.
When 8KINV = 1 in FSCR1, the clock or pulse polarity of OC10 is inverted.
When 2KPUL = 0 in FSCR1, OC11 is configured as an 2kHz clock with 50% duty cycle. When 2KPUL = 1, OC11 is
a 2kHz frame sync that pulses low once every 500μs with pulse width equal to one cycle of output clock OC3.
When 2KINV = 1 in FSCR1, the clock or pulse polarity of OC11 is inverted.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
47 of 150
DS3101
If either 8KPUL = 1 or 2KPUL = 1, then output clock OC3 must be generated from the T0 DPLL and must be
configured for a frequency of 1.544MHz or higher or the OC10/OC11 pulses may not be generated correctly.
Figure 7-6 shows how the 8KPUL and 8KINV control bits affect the OC10 output. The 2KPUL and 2KINV bits have
an identical effect on OC11.
Figure 7-6. OC10 8kHz Options
OC3 output clock
OC10, 8KPUL=0, 8KINV=0
OC10, 8KPUL=0, 8KINV=1
OC10, 8KPUL=1, 8KINV=0
OC10, 8KPUL=1, 8KINV=1
7.9
Equipment Redundancy Configuration
Most high-reliability SONET/SDH systems require two identical timing cards for equipment redundancy. The
DS3101 directly supports this requirement. In such a system one timing cards is designated the master while the
other is designated the slave. The rest of the system, outside the timing cards, is set up to take timing from the
master normally, but to automatically switch to taking timing from the slave if the master fails. To avoid excessive
phase transients when switching between master timing and slave timing, the clocks from the master and the slave
must be frequency locked and usually phase locked as well. To accomplish this requires a method involving both
static configuration and ongoing oversight by system software. The elements of this methodology are listed in
Table 7-14.
Table 7-14. Equipment Redundancy Methodology
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The various clock sources available in the system should be wired to the same pins on the slave as on
the master, except:
A. One output clock from the master device should be wired to an input clock on the slave.
B. One output clock from the slave device should be wired to an input clock on the master.
The input clock priorities (IPR registers) on master and slave should be identical, for both T0 and T4
paths, except:
A. The master output clock is the highest priority input on the slave(1)
B. The slave output clock is disabled (priority 0) on the master
This ensures that the frequency of the slave matches the frequency of the master.
Any input declared invalid in one device (VALSR registers) must be marked invalid by software in the
other device (VALCR registers). This and item 2 together ensure that when the master is performing
properly, the slave locks to the master, and when the master fails, the slave locks to the input clock the
master was previously locked to.
The slave’s T0 DPLL bandwidth should be set higher than the master’s (T0LBW, T0ABW registers) to
ensure that the slave follows any transients coming from the master. (70Hz is recommended.)
Phase build-out should be disabled (MCR10:PBOEN = 0 and PHMON:PMPBEN = 0) on the slave when
it is locked to the master to ensure that the slave maintains phase lock with the master. This also allows
the use of phase offset (OFFSET registers) to compensate for delays between master and slave.
Revertive mode should be enabled on the slave (REVERT = 1 in MCR3) to ensure the slave switches
from any other reference to the master as soon as the master’s clock is valid.
Note 1: This must be done for the slave’s T0 path, but is not necessary for the slave’s T4 path. In the slave’s T4 path the input clock priorities
should match those of the master except the input connected to the master’s output clock should be disabled. This causes the slave’s T4 path
to only lock to external references.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
48 of 150
DS3101
7.9.1
Master-Slave Pin Feature
Some of the elements of redundancy configuration listed in Table 7-14 are automatically handled in the device
when the master-slave pin feature is used (MASTSLV). When this feature is supported in a system, one output
clock of the master device must be wired to input clock IC11 on the slave device, and one output clock of the slave
device should be wired to IC11 on the master device. This cross-wiring allows the system to dynamically configure
either device as master and the other as slave.
When the MASTSLV pin is wired low on one device, that device is configured as the slave. The other device must
be configured as the master by wiring its MASTSLV pin high. In each device the state of the MASTSLV pin is
always indicated in the read-only MASTSLV bit in register MCR3.
The slave device (MASTSLV = 0) is automatically configured as follows:
The priority of input clock IC11 is set to 1 (highest) (IPR6:PRI11[3:0] = 0001).
Phase build-out is disabled (MCR10:PBOEN = 0).
Revertive mode is enabled (MCR3:REVERT = 1).
T0 DPLL bandwidth is forced to the acquisition setting (i.e., to the setting in the T0ABW register,
which should be set to a high bandwidth by software).
In the master device (MASTSLV = 1), none of these settings are forced to specific values. Rather, each setting is
configured as needed for normal operation of the system. During configuration, software should configure the
master to disable (priority 0) input clock IC11 and should configure the remaining input clock priorities identically in
master and slave. During operation, software must maintain matching input clock priorities, as described in item 3
of Table 7-14.
The master-slave pin feature is optional and can be disabled by wiring the MASTSLV pin high on both devices. If
this feature is disabled, all the elements of equipment redundancy listed in Table 7-14 must be configured and
maintained by software.
7.9.2
Master-Slave Output Clock Phase Alignment
When the T0 DPLL is locked to a selected reference with frequency f, any output clocks derived from T0 with
frequency f are phase aligned with the selected reference (if phase build-out is disabled). Any output clocks derived
from T0 with frequency greater than f are “falling edge aligned” with the frequency-f output clock. Any output clocks
derived from T0 with frequency less than f may or may not be aligned, depending on whether or not their
frequencies are integer sub-multiples of f. These statements also apply to output clocks derived from the T4 DPLL.
Given this information, if master and slave devices are cross-wired with 19.44MHz clocks, for example, the output
clocks at N x 19.44MHz (N = 1, 2, 4, 8, or 16) from the two devices are phase-aligned with one another. Output
clocks at lower frequencies (6.48MHz, 1.544MHz, 2.048MHz, 2kHz, 8kHz, etc.) from the two devices would not
necessarily be phase aligned. In many systems, lack of phase alignment between the two devices at these clock
rates is not an issue. In some systems, however, the 2kHz and/or 8kHz clocks of the two devices must be aligned
to avoid framing errors during switchover between master and slave.
One way to align the 2kHz and/or 8kHz clocks of the master and slave devices is to configure the slave to lock to a
2kHz or 8kHz output of the master. Another way is to use the SYNC2K input as described in Section 7.9.3.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
49 of 150
DS3101
7.9.3
Master-Slave Frame and Multiframe Alignment with the SYNC2K Pin
With this method of aligning the 2kHz and 8kHz clocks of the master and slave devices, both a higher-speed clock
(such as 6.48MHz or 19.44MHz) and a frame-sync signal (normally 2kHz) from the master are passed to the slave
(and vice versa when their roles are reversed). The higher-speed clock from the master is connected to a regular
input clock pin on the slave, such as IC11, while the frame-sync signal from the master is connected to the
SYNC2K pin on the slave. The slave locks to the higher-speed clock and samples the frame-sync signal on
SYNC2K. The slave then uses the SYNC2K signal to falling-edge align some or all of the output clocks. Only the
falling edge of SYNC2K has significance. A 4kHz or 8kHz clock can also be used on SYNC2K without any changes
to the register configuration, but only output clocks of 8kHz and above are aligned in this case. Phase build-out
should be disabled on the slave (PBOEN = 0 in MCR10), and the higher-speed input clock on the slave must be
configured for direct-lock mode (ICR:DIVN = 0 and LOCK8K = 0).
Sampling. By default the SYNC2K signal is first sampled on the rising edge of the selected reference. This gives
the most margin, given that the SYNC2K signal is falling-edge aligned with the selected reference since both come
from the master device. The expected timing of SYNC2K with respect to the sampling clock can be adjusted from
0.5 cycles early to 1 cycle late using the FSCR2:PHASE[1:0] field.
Resampling. The SYNC2K signal is then resampled by an internal clock derived from the T0 DPLL. The
resampling resolution is a function of the frequency of the selected reference and FSCR2:OCN. When OCN = 0,
the resampling resolution is 6.48MHz, which gives the highest sampling margin and also aligns clocks at 6.48MHz
and multiples thereof. When OCN = 1, if the selected reference is 19.44MHz then the resampling resolution is
19.44MHz. If the selected reference is 38.88MHz then the resampling resolution is 38.88MHz. The selected
reference must be either 19.44MHz or 38.88MHz.
SYNC2K Enable. The SYNC2K signal is only allowed to align output clocks if the T0 DPLL is locked and SYNC2K
is enabled and qualified. SYNC2K can be enabled automatically or manually. When MCR3:AEFSEN = 1, SYNC2K
is enabled automatically when EFSEN = 1 and the T0 DPLL is locked to the input clock specified by
FSCR3:SOURCE[3:0]. When AEFSEN = 0, SYNC2K is enabled manually when MCR3:EFSEN = 1 and disabled
when EFSEN = 0. In manual mode when EFSEN = 1, FSCR3:SOURCE[3:0] is ignored and SYNC2K is always
enabled regardless of which input clock is the selected reference.
SYNC2K Qualification. SYNC2K is qualified when it has consistent phase and correct frequency. Specifically,
SYNC2K is qualified when its significant edge has been found at exact 2kHz boundaries (when resampled as
described above) for 64 SYNC2K cycles in a row. SYNC2K is disqualified when one significant edge is not found at
the 2kHz boundary.
Output Clock Alignment. When T0 is locked and SYNC2K is enabled and qualified, SYNC2K can be used to
falling-edge align the T0-derived output clocks. Output clocks OC10 and OC11 share a 2kHz alignment generator,
while the rest of the T0-derived output clocks share a second 2kHz alignment generator. When SYNC2K is not
enabled or is not qualified, these 2Hz alignment generators free-run with their existing 2kHz alignments. When
SYNC2K is enabled and qualified, the OC10/OC11 2kHz alignment generator is always synchronized by SYNC2K,
and therefore OC10 and OC11 are always falling-edge aligned with SYNC2K. When FSCR2:INDEP = 0, the T0
2kHz alignment generator is also synchronized with the OC10/OC11 2kHz alignment generator to falling-edge align
all T0-derived output clocks with SYNC2K. When INDEP = 1, the T0 2kHz alignment generator is not synchronized
with the OC10/OC11 2kHz alignment generator and continues to free-run with its existing 2kHz alignment. This
avoids any disturbance on the T0-derived output clocks when SYNC2K has a change of phase position.
Frame Sync Monitor. The frame sync monitor signal OPSTATE:FSMON operates in two modes, depending on
the setting of the enable bit (MCR3:EFSEN).
When EFSEN = 1 (SYNC2K enabled) the FSMON bit is set when SYNC2K is not qualified and cleared when
SYNC2K is qualified. If SYNC2K is disqualified then both 2kHz alignment generators are immediately disconnected
from SYNC2K to avoid phase movement on the T0-derived outputs clocks. When OPSTATE:FSMON is set, the
latched status bit MSR3:FSMON is also set, which can cause an interrupt if enabled. If SYNC2K immediately
stabilizes at a new phase and proper frequency, then it is requalified after 64 2kHz cycles (nominally 32ms). Unless
system software intervenes, after SYNC2K is requalified the 2kHz alignment generators will synchronize with
SYNC2K’s new phase alignment, causing a sudden phase movement on the output clocks. System software can
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
50 of 150
DS3101
avoid this sudden phase movement on the output clocks by responding to the FSMON interrupt within the 32ms
window with appropriate action, which might include disabling SYNC2K (MCR3:EFSEN = 0) to prevent the
resynchronization of the 2kHz alignment generators with SYNC2K, forcing the slave into holdover
(MCR1:T0STATE = 010) to avoid affecting the output clocks with any other phase hits, and possibly even disabling
the master and promoting the slave to master (see Section 7.9.1) since the 2kHz signal from the master should not
have such phase movements.
When EFSEN = 0 (SYNC2K disabled) OPSTATE:FSMON is set when the negative edge of the re-sampled
SYNC2K signal is outside of the window determined by FSCR3:MONLIM relative to the OC11 negative edge (or
positive edge if OC11 is inverted) and clear when within the window. When OPSTATE:FSMON is set, the latched
status bit MSR3:FSMON is also set, which can cause an interrupt if enabled.
Other Frame Sync Configuration Options. OC10 and OC11 are always produced from the T0 path. Output
clocks OC1 to OC7 can also be configured as 2kHz or 8kHz outputs, derived from either the T0 path or the T4 path
(as specified by the 2K8KSRC bit in FSCR1). If needed, the T4 DPLL can be used as a separate DPLL for the
frame sync path by configuring it for a 2kHz input and 2kHz and/or 8 kHz frame sync outputs.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
51 of 150
DS3101
7.10
Composite Clock Receivers and Transmitter
By default, input clocks IC1 and IC2 are configured as composite clock receivers. Output clock OC8 is a dedicated
composite clock transmitter. These I/Os support the following key composite clock variations:
GR-378 composite clock (Note 1)
G.703 centralized clock (Note 2)
G.703 Japanese synchronization interface (Note 3)
Note 1:
Complies with Telcordia GR-378 composite clock and G.703 section 4.2.2 centralized clock option b).
Note 2:
Complies with ITU_T G.703 section 4.2.2 centralized clock options a) and G.703 Section 4.2.3 contradirectional interface clock.
Note 3:
Complies with ITU_T G.703 Appendix II.1 options a) and option b) Japanese synchronization interfaces.
Composite clock (CC) signals provide both bit and byte synchronization for equipment with DS0 connections. In all
CC variations, the signal is a 64kHz AMI signal with an embedded 8kHz clock indicated by a deliberate bipolar
violation (BPV) every 8 clock cycles. The option b) Japanese synchronization interface in G.703 Appendix II.1 also
has an embedded 400Hz clock indicated by a BPV removed every 400Hz. Details about the several composite
clock variations are described in the following paragraphs and summarized in Table 7-15.
GR-378 Composite Clock. As shown in Table 7-16 and Figure 7-7, the GR-378 composite clock signal has a 5/8
duty-cycle square pulse and a 133Ω line impedance. The G.703 Section 4.2.2 option b) centralized clock
specifications are nearly identical to the GR-378 composite clock, with the exception of line termination impedance
(110Ω for G.703 vs. 133Ω for GR-378).
G.703 Centralized Clock and other 64kHz + 8kHz Timing Signals. G.703 Section 4.2.2 defines two centralized
clock types, option a) and option b). Option b) is discussed in the GR-378 paragraph above. As shown in Table
7-17, the option a) centralized clock has a 50% duty cycle and a 110Ω line impedance. G.703 also specifies three
other timing signals that have characteristics and specifications that are nearly identical to those of centralized
clock option a). These other signals are (1) the timing signal in the 64kbps contradirectional interface defined in
G.703 Section 4.2.3, (2) the 64kHz + 8kHz Japanese timing signal defined in G.703 Appendix II.1, and (3) the
64kHz + 8kHz + 400Hz Japanese timing signal defined in G.703 Appendix II.1 (which has the 8kHz BPV removed
every 400Hz). Table 7-17 tabulates the requirements for each of these signals.
Table 7-15. Composite Clock Variations
LINE
IMPEDANCE
(Ω0)
133
110
110
PULSE
AMPLITUDE
(V)
2.7 to 5.5
3.0 ± 0.5
1.0 ± 0.1V
110
Japanese Sync Interface, G.703 Appendix
II.1 option b)
Contradirectional Interface Clock,
G.703 4.2.3
VARIATION
Composite Clock, GR-378
Centralized Clock, G.703 4.2.2 option b)
Centralized Clock, G.703 4.2.2 option a)
Japanese Sync Interface, G.703 Appendix
II.1 option a)
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
NOMINAL
DUTY CYCLE
BPVs
5/8
5/8
50%
8kHz
8kHz
8kHz
≤ 1 ± 0.1
50%
8kHz
110
≤ 1 ± 0.1
50%
8kHz, but
removed at
400Hz
120
1.0 ± 0.1
50%
8kHz
52 of 150
DS3101
7.10.1
IC1 and IC2 Receivers
Input clocks IC1 and IC2 can be either composite clock receivers (via the IC1A and IC2A pins) or standard
CMOS/TTL inputs (via the IC1 and IC2 pins). Configuration bits MCR5:IC1SF and IC2SF specify the signal format
for IC1 and IC2, respectively. When these inputs are configured as composite clock (CC) receivers, they can
directly receive incoming AMI-coded 64kHz CC signals, including those with the pre-emphasis described in GR378 Section 4.2. See the electrical specifications in Table 10-6, and the recommended external components in
Figure 10-3.
Each CC receiver derives an 8kHz clock from the 8kHz component of the incoming CC signal. It is this 8kHz clock
that is forwarded to the input clock monitoring and selection circuitry. The falling edge of this 8kHz clock can be
configured to coincide with the leading edge of the 8kHz BPV or the leading edge of the pulse following the BPV,
as specified by the CCEDGE field in the MCR5 register.
Incoming composite clock signals are monitored for loss-of-signal and AMI violations. When either of these signal
conditions occurs, a corresponding latched status bit is set in register MSR3. When set, these status bits can cause
an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if enabled by the corresponding bits in IER3. Loss of signal is declared
when no pulses are detected in the incoming signal in a 32μs period (i.e., after two missing pulses, voltage
threshold VLOS = 0.2V typical). The amplitude threshold for detecting a pulse is 0.2V. An AMI violation is declared
when a deviation from the expected pattern of seven ones followed by a BPV occurs in each of two consecutive
8-bit periods. When MCR5:BITERR = 1, single-bit violations of the one-BPV-in-eight pattern are considered
irregularities by the corresponding activity monitor and increment the leaky bucket accumulator. When MCR5:AMI
= 1, the detection of an AMI violation automatically invalidates the offending clock. When MCR5:LOS = 1, the
detection of loss-of-signal automatically invalidates the offending clock.
In addition, register MSR4 has latched status bits that indicate the absence of the 8kHz component and the 400Hz
component. In some networks the 8kHz component is removed to signal an alarm condition. If the BPVs that
indicate the 8kHz component cannot be found in the incoming signal in a 500μs period (four 8kHz cycles), then
MSR4:ICxNO8 is set to indicate the fact. This can cause an interrupt on the INTREQ pin if enabled by the
corresponding bit in IER4. This logic is always active. If the lack of the 8kHz component is not an alarm signal in
the synchronization network, then IER4:ICxNO8 can be set to 0 to disable the interrupt, and MSR4:ICxNO8 can be
ignored. If the 8kHz component is not present in the signal, then the CC receiver does not forward an 8kHz clock to
the input monitoring logic. The input monitoring logic then declares that input clock invalid.
If the missing BPVs that indicate the 400Hz component cannot be found in a 5ms period (two 400Hz cycles), then
MSR4:ICxNO4 is set. This can cause an interrupt on the INTREQ pin if enabled by the corresponding bit in IER4.
This logic is always active. If the 400Hz component is not expected to be present in the signal, then IER4:ICxNO4
can be set to 0 to disable the interrupt, and MSR4:ICxNO4 can be ignored.
When the 8kHz component is entirely missing from the incoming signal, the AMI status bit in MSR3 is continually
set, and can cause repeated interrupts if enabled. Therefore, in networks where the lack of the 8kHz component is
used as an alarm signal, after MSR4:ICxNO8 is set to indicate that the 8kHz component is missing, the interrupt for
MSR3:AMIx should be disabled until ICxNO8 goes low, indicating the 8kHz component is present again. Also,
since the 8kHz component is the clock that is forwarded to the input clock monitor, if the 8kHz component is
missing in the incoming signal, the input clock monitor automatically invalidates the clock. If the 400Hz component
is missing, however, the AMI status bit is not set and the clock is not invalidated.
7.10.2
OC8 Transmitter
Output clock OC8 is a dedicated composite clock transmitter. See the electrical specifications in Table 10-6, and
the recommended external components in Figure 10-3. OC8 is a differential output consisting of pins OC8POS and
OC8NEG. These pins are enabled/disabled by OCR4:OC8EN. Either 50% or 5/8 duty cycle can be selected by
setting T4CR1:OC8DUTY appropriately. In some networks the 8kHz component (i.e., the one BPV every eight
cycles) is removed to signal an alarm condition; the 8kHz component of the OC8 signal can be removed as needed
by setting MCR8:OC8NO8 = 1.
When the selected reference is either IC1 or IC2 and that input is configured in AMI/CC mode (MCR5:IcxSF = 0),
and the signal on that input has an 8kHz component (MSR4:ICxNO8 = 0), then the output BPVs on OC8 (the 8kHz
component) is closely aligned (within a few μs) to the input BPVs but may be of opposite polarity.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
53 of 150
DS3101
To support the G.703 Appendix II.1 option b) Japanese synchronization interface, the 400Hz component (i.e., the
removed BPV every 160 cycles) can be enabled by setting MCR8:OC8400 = 1. If the selected reference is either
IC1 or IC2 and that input is configured in AMI/CC mode (MCR5:IcxSF = 0) and the signal on that input has a 400
Hz component (MSR4:ICxNO4 = 0), then OC8’s 400Hz component is aligned with the input 400 Hz component but
may be the opposite polarity. Otherwise, the 400Hz component for OC8 is divided down from OC8’s 8kHz
component. Setting OC8400 = 1 has no effect if OC8NO8 = 1. See Section 7.8.2.4 for additional OC8 configuration
details.
Table 7-16. GR-378 Composite Clock Interface Specification
PARAMETER
Nominal Line Rate
Line-Rate Accuracy
Line Code
Medium
Test Load Impedance
Pulse Amplitude
Pulse Shape
Pulse Imbalance
DC Power
SPECIFICATION
64kHz with 8kHz bipolar violation.
Accuracy of the network clock.
Bipolar (AMI), return-to-zero, with 5/8 duty cycle.
A shielded, balanced twisted pair.
The resistive test load of 133Ω (±5%) shall be used at the interface for evaluation of the
pulse shape and the electrical parameters.
The amplitude of an isolated pulse shall be between 2.7V and 5.5V.
The shape of an isolated pulse shall be rectangular with rise and fall times less than
0.5μs such that the pulse fits the shape of the mask in Figure 7-7.
The ratio of the amplitudes of the positive and negative pulses shall be from 0.95 to
1.05.
The ratio of the widths of the positive and negative pulses shall be from 0.95 to 1.05.
No DC power shall be applied to the interface.
Normalized Amplitude
Figure 7-7. GR-378 Composite Clock Pulse Mask
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
-0.2
Time (UI)
0
0.032
0.625
0.657
1
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
Time (UI)
0.8
Minimum
Normalized
Amplitude
-0.05
0.95
-0.05
-0.05
-0.05
Minimum
Normalized
Amplitude
1.05
1.05
1.05
0.05
0.05
1.0
Table 7-17. G.703 Synchronization Interfaces Specification
PARAMETER
Pulse Shape
Transmission Media
Nominal Test Load Impedance
Peak Voltage of a Mark (Pulse)
Peak Voltage of a Space (No Pulse)
Nominal Pulse Width
Pulse Imbalance
Alarm Condition for Received
Signal Amplitude
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
SPECIFICATION
Nominally rectangular, with rise and fall times less than 1μs.
Symmetric pair cable.
110Ω resistive (centralized clock and appendix II Japanese signals).
120Ω resistive (contradirectional interface).
1.0V ± 0.1V
0V ± 0.1V
7.8μs ± 0.78μs
The ratio of the amplitudes of the positive and negative pulses shall be
from 0.95 to 1.05.
The ratio of the widths of the positive and negative pulses shall be from
0.95 to 1.05.
No alarm for pulse amplitudes between 0.63V0-P. and 1.1V0-P.
54 of 150
DS3101
7.11
Microprocessor Interfaces
The DS3101 microprocessor interface can be configured for 8-bit parallel or SPI serial operation. During reset, the
device determines its interface mode by latching the state of the IFSEL[2:0] pins into the IFSEL field of the IFCR
register. Table 7-18 shows possible values of IFSEL.
Table 7-18. Microprocessor Interface Modes
IFSEL[2:0]
010
011
100
101
110
111
000, 001
7.11.1
MODE
Intel bus mode (multiplexed)
Intel bus mode (nonmultiplexed)
Motorola mode (nonmultiplexed)
SPI mode (LSB first)
Motorola mode (multiplexed)
SPI mode (MSB first)
{unused value}
Parallel Interface Modes
In the Motorola interface modes, the interface is Motorola-style with CS, R/W, and DS control lines. In the Intel
modes, the interface is Intel-style with CS, RD, and WR control lines. For multiplexed bus modes, the A[8], AD[7:0],
and ALE pins are wired to the corresponding pins on the microprocessor, and the falling edge of ALE latches the
address on A[8] and AD[7:0]. For nonmultiplexed bus modes, the A[8:0] and AD[7:0] pins are wired to the
corresponding pins on the micro, and the falling edge of ALE latches the address on A[8:0]. In nonmultiplexed bus
modes, ALE is typically wired high to make the latch transparent. See Section 10.4 for AC timing details.
7.11.2
SPI Interface Mode
In the SPI modes, the device presents an SPI interface on the CS, SCLK, SDI, and SDO pins. SPI is a widely used
master/slave bus protocol that allows a master device and one or more slave devices to communicate over a serial
bus. The DS3101 is always a slave device. Masters are typically microprocessors, ASICs, or FPGAs. Data
transfers are always initiated by the master device, which also generates the SCLK signal. The DS3101 receives
serial data on the SDI pin and transmits serial data on the SDO pin. SDO is high impedance except when the
DS3101 is transmitting data to the bus master.
Bit Order. When IFCR:IFSEL = 101, the register address and all data bytes are transmitted LSB first on both SDI
and SDO. When IFSEL = 111, the register address and all data bytes are transmitted MSB first on both SDI and
SDO. The Motorola SPI convention is MSB first.
Clock Polarity and Phase. The CPOL pin defines the polarity of SCLK. When CPOL = 0, SCLK is normally low
and pulses high during bus transactions. When CPOL = 1, SCLK is normally high and pulses low during bus
transactions. The CPHA pin sets the phase (active edge) of SCLK. When CPHA = 0, data is latched in on SDI on
the leading edge of the SCLK pulse and updated on SDO on the trailing edge. When CPHA = 1, data is latched in
on SDI on the trailing edge of the SCLK pulse and updated on SDO on the following leading edge. SCLK does not
have to toggle between access, i.e., when CS is high. See Figure 7-8.
Device Selection. Each SPI device has its own chip-select line. To select the DS3101, pull its CS pin low.
Control Word. After CS is pulled low, the bus master transmits the control word during the first 16 SCLK cycles. In
MSB-first mode, the control word has the form:
R/W A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 BURST
where A[13:0] is the register address, R/W is the data direction bit (1 = read, 0 = write), and BURST is the burst bit
(1 = burst access, 0 = single-byte access). In LSB-first mode, the order of the 14 address bits is reversed. In the
discussion that follows, a control word with R/W = 1 is a read control word, while a control word with R/W = 0 is a
write control word.
Single-Byte Writes. See Figure 7-9. After CS goes low, the bus master transmits a write control word with BURST
= 0 followed by the data byte to be written. The bus master then terminates the transaction by pulling CS high.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
55 of 150
DS3101
Single-Byte Reads. See Figure 7-9. After CS goes low, the bus master transmits a read control word with BURST
= 0. The DS3101 then responds with the requested data byte. The bus master then terminates the transaction by
pulling CS high.
Burst Writes. See Figure 7-9. After CS goes low, the bus master transmits a write control word with BURST = 1
followed by the first data byte to be written. The DS3101 receives the first data byte on SDI, writes it to the
specified register, increments its internal address register, and prepares to receive the next data byte. If the master
continues to transmit, the DS3101 continues to write the data received and increment its address counter. After the
address counter reaches 3FFFh, it rolls over to address 0000h and continues to increment.
Burst Reads. See Figure 7-9. After CS goes low, the bus master transmits a read control word with BURST = 1.
The DS3101 then responds with the requested data byte on SDO, increments its address counter, and prefetches
the next data byte. If the bus master continues to demand data, the DS3101 continues to provide the data on SDO,
increment its address counter, and prefetch the following byte. After the address counter reaches 3FFFh, it rolls
over to address 0000h and continues to increment.
Early Termination of Bus Transactions. The bus master can terminate SPI bus transactions at any time by
pulling CS high. In response to early terminations, the DS3101 resets its SPI interface logic and waits for the start
of the next transaction. If a write transaction is terminated prior to the SCLK edge that latches the LSB of a data
byte, the data byte is not written.
Design Option: Wiring SDI and SDO Together. Because communication between the bus master and the
DS3101 is half-duplex, the SDI and SDO pins can be wired together externally to reduce wire count. To support
this option, the bus master must not drive the SDI/SDO line when the DS3101 is transmitting.
AC Timing. See Table 10-12 and Figure 10-6 for AC timing specifications for the SPI interface.
Figure 7-8. SPI Clock Polarity and Phase Options
CS
SCK
CPOL = 0, CPHA = 0
SCK
CPOL = 0, CPHA = 1
SCK
CPOL = 1, CPHA = 0
SCK
CPOL = 1, CPHA = 1
SDI/SDO
MSB
6
5
4
3
2
1
LSB
CLOCK EDGE USED FOR DATA CAPTURE (ALL MODES)
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
56 of 150
DS3101
Figure 7-9. SPI Bus Transactions
Single-Byte Write
CS
SDI
R/W Register Address Burst
0 (Write)
Data Byte
0 (single-byte)
SDO
Single-Byte Read
CS
SDI
R/W Register Address Burst
1 (Read)
0 (single-byte)
Data Byte
SDO
Burst Write
CS
SDI
R/W Register Address Burst Data Byte 1
0 (Write)
Data Byte N
1 (burst)
SDO
Burst Read
CS
SDI
R/W Register Address Burst
1 (Read)
1 (burst)
Data Byte 1
7.12
Data Byte N
Reset Logic
The device has three reset controls: the RST pin, the RST bit in MCR1, and the JTAG reset pin, JTRST. The RST
pin asynchronously resets the entire device, except for the JTAG logic. When the RST pin is low, all internal
registers are reset to their default values, including those fields that latch their default values from, or based on, the
states of input pins when the RST pin goes high (such as IFCR:IFSEL[2:0]). The RST pin must be asserted once
after power-up while the external oscillator is stabilizing.
The MCR1:RST bit resets the entire device (except for the microprocessor interface, the JTAG logic, and the RST
bit itself), but when RST is active, the register fields with pin-programmed defaults do not latch their values from, or
based on, the corresponding input pins. Instead, these fields are reset to the default values that were latched when
the RST pin was last active.
Maxim recommends holding RST low while the external oscillator starts up and stabilizes. Some OCXOs take
250ms or more to start up and stabilize their output signals to valid logic levels and pulse widths. An incorrect reset
condition could result if RST is released before the oscillator has started up completely.
Important: System software must wait at least 100μs after reset (RST pin or RST bit) is deasserted before
initializing the device as described in Section 7.14.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
57 of 150
DS3101
7.13
Power-Supply Considerations
Due to the dual-power-supply nature of the DS3101, some I/Os have parasitic diodes between a 1.8V supply and a
3.3V supply. When ramping power supplies up or down, care must be taken to avoid forward-biasing these diodes
because it could cause latchup. Two methods are available to prevent this. The first method is to place a Schottky
diode external to the device between the 1.8V supply and the 3.3V supply to force the 3.3V supply to be less than
one parasitic diode drop below the 1.8V supply. The second method is to ramp up the 3.3V supply first and then
ramp up the 1.8V supply.
7.14
Initialization
After power-up or reset, a series of writes must be done to the DS3101 to tune it for optimal performance. This
series of writes is called the initialization script. Each die revision of the DS3101 has a different initialization script.
Download the latest initialization scripts from the DS3101 website, www.maxim-ic.com/DS3101.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
58 of 150
DS3101
8.
REGISTER DESCRIPTIONS
Table 8-1. Top-Level Memory Map
ADDRESS RANGE
0000–007Fh
0080–01FFh
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK
PLL Register Space
Reserved
Note: Systems must be able to access the entire
address range from 0 to 01FFh. Proper device
initialization requires a sequence of writes to
addresses in the range 0180-01FFh.
As shown in Table 8-1 the DS3101 occupies an address range from 0000h to 01FFh. Addresses 0000h to 007Fh
contain the user-accessible registers shown in Table 8-2. Addresses 0080h to 01FFh are reserved and should not
be written. In each register, bit 7 is the MSB and bit 0 is the LSB. Register addresses not listed and bits marked
with the symbol “—“ are reserved and must be written with 0. Writing other values to these registers may put the
device in a factory test mode, resulting in undefined operation. Bits labeled “0” or “1” must be written with that value
for proper operation. Register fields with underlined names are read-only fields; writes to these fields have no
effect. All other fields are read-write. Register fields are described in detail in the register descriptions that follow
Table 8-2.
8.1
Status Bits
The device has two types of status bits. Real-time status bits are read-only and indicate the state of a signal at the
time it is read. Latched status bits are set when a signal changes state (low-to-high, high-to-low, or both, depending
on the bit) and cleared when written with a logic 1 value. Writing a 0 has no effect. When set, some latched status
bits can cause an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if enabled to do so by corresponding interrupt enable bits.
8.2
Configuration Fields
Configuration fields are read-write. During reset, each configuration field reverts to the default value shown in the
register definition. Configuration register bits marked “—“ are reserved and must be written with 0.
8.3
Multiregister Fields
Multiregister fields—such as FREQ[18:0] in registers FREQ1, FREQ2, and FREQ3—must be handled carefully to
ensure that the bytes of the field remain consistent. A write access to a multiregister field is accomplished by
writing all the registers of the field in any order, with no other accesses to the device in between. If the write
sequence is interrupted by another access, none of the bytes are written and the MSR4:MRAA bit is set to indicate
the write was aborted. A read access from a multiregister field is accomplished by reading the registers of the field
in any order, with no other accesses to the device in between. When one register of a multiregister field is read, the
other register(s) in the field are frozen until after they are all read. If the read sequence is interrupted by another
access, the registers of the multibyte field are unfrozen and the MSR4:MRAA bit is set to indicate the read was
aborted. For best results, interrupt servicing should be disabled in the microprocessor before a multiregister access
and then enabled again after the access is complete. The multiregister fields are:
FIELD
FREQ[18:0]
MCLKFREQ[15:0]
HOFREQ[18:0]
HARDLIM[9:0]
DIVN[14:0]
OFFSET[15:0]
PHASE[15:0]
REGISTERS
FREQ1, FREQ2, FREQ3
MCLK1, MCLK2
HOCR1, HOCR2, HOCR3*
DLIMIT1, DLIMIT2
DIVN1, DIVN2
OFFSET1, OFFSET2
PHASE1, PHASE2
ADDRESSES
07, 0C, 0D
3C, 3D
3E, 3F, 40
41, 42
46, 47
70, 71
77, 78
TYPE
read-only
read/write
read/write
read/write
read/write
read/write
read-only
*HOCR3 is a special case because its upper 5 bits are not part of a multiregister field, but its lower 3 bits are part of the HOFREQ[18:0]
multiregister field. Writes to HOCR3 immediately update the upper 5 bits without any requirement to also write HOCR1 and HOCR2. The lower
3 bits of HOCR3 (HOFREQ[18:16]), however, can only be written as part of a proper write sequence for a multiregister field, as described
above. A write to HOCR3 continugous with writes to HOCR1 and HOCR2 can simultaneously write the upper 5 bits immediately and
start/continue/complete a multiregister write of HOFREQ[18:0].
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
59 of 150
DS3101
8.4
Register Definitions
Table 8-2. Register Map
Note: Register names are hyperlinks to register definitions. Underlined fields are read-only.
ADDR
REGISTER
00h
01
02
03
05
06
07
08
09
0A
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
2D
30
31
32
33
ID1
ID2
REV
TEST1
MSR1
MSR2
FREQ3
MSR3
OPSTATE
PTAB1
PTAB2
FREQ1
FREQ2
VALSR1
VALSR2
ISR1
ISR2
ISR3
ISR4
ISR5
ISR6
ISR7
MSR4
IPR1
IPR2
IPR3
IPR4
IPR5
IPR6
IPR7
ICR1
ICR2
ICR3
ICR4
ICR5
ICR6
ICR7
ICR8
ICR9
ICR10
ICR11
ICR12
ICR13
ICR14
VALCR1
VALCR2
MCR1
MCR2
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
BIT 7
PALARM
IC8
STATE
—
FSMON
FSMON
BIT 6
BIT 5
D180
—
IC7
IC6
SRFAIL
IC14
—
—
T4LOCK PHMON
T4LOCK T0SOFT
REF1[3:0]
REF3[3:0]
BIT 4
BIT 3
ID[7:0]
ID[15:8]
REV[7:0]
RA
0
IC5
IC4
IC13
IC12
—
—
T4NOIN
AMI2
T4SOFT
—
FREQ[7:0]
FREQ[15:8]
IC5
IC4
IC13
IC12
LOCK2
SOFT1
LOCK4
SOFT3
LOCK6
SOFT5
LOCK8
SOFT7
LOCK10
SOFT9
LOCK12 SOFT11
LOCK14 SOFT13
—
IC2NO4
IC8
IC7
IC6
FHORDY SHORDY
IC14
SOFT2
HARD2
ACT2
SOFT4
HARD4
ACT4
SOFT6
HARD6
ACT6
SOFT8
HARD8
ACT8
SOFT10 HARD10
ACT10
SOFT12 HARD12
ACT12
SOFT14 HARD14
ACT14
FHORDY SHORDY
MRAA
PRI2[3:0]
PRI4[3:0]
PRI6[3:0]
PRI8[3:0]
PRI10[3:0]
PRI12[3:0]
PRI14[3:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
DIVN
LOCK8K
BUCKET[1:0]
IC8
IC7
IC6
IC5
—
—
IC14
IC13
RST
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
IC4
IC12
—
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
8KPOL
IC3
IC11
0
0
IC2
IC1
IC10
IC9
FREQ[18:16]
LOS2
AMI1
LOS1
T0STATE[2:0]
SELREF[3:0]
REF2[3:0]
IC3
IC2
IC1
IC11
IC10
IC9
HARD1
ACT1
LOCK1
HARD3
ACT3
LOCK3
HARD5
ACT5
LOCK5
HARD7
ACT7
LOCK7
HARD9
ACT9
LOCK9
HARD11
ACT11
LOCK11
HARD13
ACT13
LOCK13
IC1NO4
IC2NO8
IC1NO8
PRI1[3:0]
PRI3[3:0]
PRI5[3:0]
PRI7[3:0]
PRI9[3:0]
PRI11[3:0]
PRI13[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
FREQ[3:0]
IC3
IC2
IC1
IC11
IC10
IC9
T0STATE[2:0]
T0FORCE[3:0]
60 of 150
DS3101
ADDR
REGISTER
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
4B
4C
4D
4E
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
69
6A
6B
6C
MCR3
MCR4
MCR5
IFSR
MCR6
MCR7
MCR8
MCR9
MCLK1
MCLK2
HOCR1
HOCR2
HOCR3
DLIMIT1
DLIMIT2
IER1
IER2
IER3
DIVN1
DIVN2
MCR10
ILIMIT
SRLIMIT
MCR11
FMEAS
DLIMIT3
IER4
LB0U
LB0L
LB0S
LB0D
LB1U
LB1L
LB1S
LB1D
LB2U
LB2L
LB2S
LB2D
LB3U
LB3L
LB3S
LB3D
OCR1
OCR2
OCR3
OCR4
T4CR1
T0CR1
T4BW
T0LBW
T0ABW
T4CR2
T0CR2
T4CR3
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
BIT 7
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
AEFSEN
LKATO
LKT4T0
T4DFB
CCEDGE BITERR
—
—
DIG2AF
DIG2SS
DIG2F[1:0]
—
—
AUTOBW
—
XOEDGE MANHO
EFSEN
SONSDH MASTSLV REVERT
—
OC89
T4FORCE[3:0]
AMI
LOS
IC2SF
IC1SF
IC6SF
IC5SF
—
—
—
IFSEL[2:0]
DIG1SS
—
—
—
—
—
DIG1F[1:0]
—
—
—
—
OC8400 OC8NO8
OC7SF
OC6SF
—
—
LIMINT
PFD180
—
—
MCLKFREQ[7:0]
MCLKFREQ[15:8]
HOFREQ[7:0]
HOFREQ[15:8]
AVG
FAST
RDAVG
MINIHO[1:0]
HOFREQ[18:16]
HARDLIM[7:0]
—
—
—
—
—
—
HARDLIM[9:8]
IC8
IC7
IC6
IC5
IC4
IC3
IC2
IC1
STATE
SRFAIL
IC14
IC13
IC12
IC11
IC10
IC9
FSMON T4LOCK PHMON
T4NOIN
AMI2
LOS2
AMI1
LOS1
DIVN[7:0]
—
DIVN[14:8]
FMONCLK SRFPIN
UFSW
EXTSW PBOFRZ
PBOEN SOFTEN HARDEN
SOFT[3:0]
HARD[3:0]
SOFT[3:0]
HARD[3:0]
—
—
—
T4T0
FMEASIN[3:0]
FMEAS[7:0]
FLLOL
SOFTLIM[6:0]
FHORDY SHORDY
—
—
IC2NO4
IC1NO4
IC2NO8
IC1NO8
LB0U[7:0]
LB0L[7:0]
LB0S[7:0]
—
—
—
—
—
—
LB0D[1:0]
LB1U[7:0]
LB1L[7:0]
LB1S[7:0]
—
—
—
—
—
—
LB1D[1:0]
LB2U[7:0]
LB2L[7:0]
LB2S[7:0]
—
—
—
—
—
—
LB2D[1:0]
LB3U[7:0]
LB3L[7:0]
LB3S[7:0]
—
—
—
—
—
—
LB3D[1:0]
OFREQ2[3:0]
OFREQ1[3:0]
OFREQ4[3:0]
OFREQ3[3:0]
OFREQ6[3:0]
OFREQ5[3:0]
OC11EN OC10EN
OC9EN
OC8EN
OFREQ7[3:0]
—
ASQUEL OC8DUTY OC9SON
T4FREQ[3:0]
T4MT0
T4APT0
T0FT4[2:0]
T0FREQ[2:0]
—
—
—
—
—
—
T4BW[1:0]
—
—
—
T0LBW[4:0]
—
—
—
T0ABW[4:0]
—
PD2GA8K[2:0]
—
DAMP[2:0]
—
PD2GA8K[2:0]
—
DAMP[2:0]
PD2EN
PD2GA[2:0]
—
PD2GD[2:0]
61 of 150
DS3101
ADDR
REGISTER
BIT 7
6D
6E
6F
70
71
72
73
74
76
77
78
79
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F
T0CR3
GPCR
GPSR
OFFSET1
OFFSET2
PBOFF
PHLIM1
PHLIM2
PHMON
PHASE1
PHASE2
PHLKTO
FSCR1
FSCR2
FSCR3
INTCR
PROT
IFCR
PD2EN
GPIO4D
—
BIT 6
BIT 5
BIT 4
BIT 3
BIT 2
BIT 1
BIT 0
PD2GA[2:0]
—
PD2GD[2:0]
GPIO3D GPIO2D GPIO1D GPIO4O
GPIO3O GPIO2O GPIO1O
—
—
—
GPIO4
GPIO3
GPIO2
GPIO1
OFFSET[7:0]
OFFSET[15:8]
—
—
PBOFF[5:0]
FLEN
NALOL
1
—
—
FINELIM[2:0]
CLEN
MCPDEN USEMCPD
—
COARSELIM[3:0]
NW
—
PMEN
PMPBEN
PMLIM[3:0]
PHASE[7:0]
PHASE[15:8]
PHLKTOM[1:0]
PHLKTO[5:0]
2K8KSRC
—
—
—
8KINV
8KPUL
2KINV
2KPUL
INDEP
OCN
—
—
—
—
PHASE[1:0]
RECAL
MONLIM[2:0]
SOURCE[3:0]
—
—
—
—
—
GPO
OD
POL
PROT[7:0]
—
—
—
—
—
IFSEL[2:0]
Register Map Color Coding
Device Identification and Protection
Local Oscillator and Master Clock Configuration
Input Clock Configuration
Input Clock Monitoring
Input Clock Selection
DPLL Configuration
DPLL State
Output Clock Configuration
SYNC2K Configuration
Microprocessor Interface Configuration
Unused Register Addresses
04h, 1Fh, 2Eh, 2Fh, 4Fh, 68h, 75h
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
62 of 150
DS3101
ID1
Device Identification Register, LSB
00h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit 7
Name
Default
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
1
0
1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
ID[7:0]
0
0
0
1
Bits 7 to 0: Device ID (ID[7:0]). ID[15:0] = 0C1Dh = 3101 decimal.
ID2
Device Identification Register, MSB
01h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
0
0
0
0
Bit 3
ID[15:8]
1
Bits 7 to 0: Device ID (ID[15:8]). See the ID1 register description.
REV
Device Revision Register
02h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
REV[7:0]
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Device Revision (REV[7:0]). Contact the factory to interpret this value and determine the latest
revision.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
63 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
PALARM
0
TEST1
Test Register 1 (Not Normally Used)
03h
Bit 6
D180
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
RA
1
Bit 3
0
0
Bit 2
8KPOL
1
Bit 1
0
0
Bit 0
0
0
Bit 7: Phase Alarm (PALARM). This real-time status bit indicates the state of T0 DPLL phase lock.
0 = T0 phase-locked to input reference
1 = T0 loss of phase lock
Bit 6: Disable 180 (D180). When locking to a new reference, the T0 DPLL first tries nearest-edge locking (±180°)
for the first two seconds. If unsuccessful it then tries full phase/frequency locking (±360°). Disabling the nearestedge locking can reduce lock time by up to two seconds but may cause an unnecessary phase shift (up to 360°)
when the new reference is close in frequency/phase to the old reference. See Section 7.7.5.
0 = normal operation: try nearest-edge locking then phase/frequency locking
1 = phase/frequency locking only
Bit 4: Resync Analog Dividers (RA). When this bit is set the T0 APLL output dividers are always synchronized to
ensure that low-frequency outputs are in sync with the higher-frequency clock from the T0 DPLL.
0 = not synchronized
1 = always synchronized
Bit 3: Leave set to zero (test control).
Bit 2: 8kHz Edge Polarity (8KPOL). Specifies the input clock edge to lock to on the selected reference when it is
configured for LOCK8K mode. See Section 7.4.2.
0 = Falling edge
1 = Rising edge
Bit 1: Leave set to zero (test control).
Bit 0: Leave set to zero (test control).
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
64 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
IC8
1
MSR1
Master Status Register 1
05h
Bit 6
IC7
1
Bit 5
IC6
1
Bit 4
IC5
1
Bit 3
IC4
1
Bit 2
IC3
1
Bit 1
IC2
1
Bit 0
IC1
1
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Status Change (IC8 to IC1). Each of these latched status bits is set to 1 when the
corresponding VALSR1 status bit changes state (set or cleared). If soft frequency limit alarms are enabled
(MCR10:SOFTEN = 1), then each of these latched status bits is also set to 1 when the corresponding SOFT bit in
the ISR registers changes state (set or cleared). Each bit is cleared when written with a 1 and not set again until
either the VALSR1 bit or the SOFT bit changes state again. When one of these latched status bits is set it can
cause an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the corresponding interrupt enable bit is set in the IER1 register.
See Section 7.5 for input clock validation/invalidation criteria.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
STATE
0
MSR2
Master Status Register 2
06h
Bit 6
SRFAIL
0
Bit 5
IC14
1
Bit 4
IC13
1
Bit 3
IC12
1
Bit 2
IC11
1
Bit 1
IC10
1
Bit 0
IC9
1
Bit 7: T0 DPLL State Change (STATE). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the operating state of the T0 DPLL
changes. STATE is cleared when written with a 1 and not set again until the operating state changes again. When
STATE is set it can cause an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the STATE interrupt enable bit is set in the
IER2 register. The current operating state can be read from the T0STATE field of the OPSTATE register. See
Section 7.7.1.
Bit 6: Selected Reference Failed (SRFAIL). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the selected reference to the
T0 DPLL fails (i.e., no clock edges in two UI). SRFAIL is cleared when written with a 1. When SRFAIL is set it can
cause an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the SRFAIL interrupt enable bit is set in the IER2 register. SRFAIL
is not set in free-run mode or holdover mode. See Section 7.5.3.
Bits 5 to 0: Input Clock Status Change (IC14 to IC9). Each of these latched status bits is set to 1 when the
corresponding VALSR status bit changes state (set or cleared). If soft frequency limit alarms are enabled
(MCR10:SOFTEN = 1), then each of these latched status bits is also set to 1 when the corresponding SOFT bit in
the ISR registers changes state (set or cleared). Each bit is cleared when written with a 1 and not set again until
either the VALSR2 bit or the SOFT bit changes state again. When one of these latched status bits is set it can
cause an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the corresponding interrupt enable bit is set in the IER2 register.
See Section 7.5 for input clock validation/invalidation criteria.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
FREQ3
Frequency Register 3
07h
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
0
Bit 1
FREQ[18:16]
0
Bit 0
0
Bits 2 to 0: Current DPLL Frequency (FREQ[18:16]). See the FREQ1 register description.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
65 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
FSMON
0
MSR3
Master Status Register 3
08h
Bit 6
T4LOCK
1
Bit 5
PHMON
0
Bit 4
T4NOIN
1
Bit 3
AMI2
0
Bit 2
LOS2
0
Bit 1
AMI1
0
Bit 0
LOS1
0
Bit 7: Frame Sync Input Monitor Alarm (FSMON). This latched status bit is set to 1 when OPSTATE:FSMON
transitions from 0 to 1. FSMON is cleared when written with a 1. When FSMON is set it can cause an interrupt
request on the INTREQ pin if the FSMON interrupt enable bit is set in the IER3 register. See Section 7.9.3.
Bit 6: T4 DPLL Lock Status Change (T4LOCK). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the lock status of the T4
DPLL (OPSTATE:T4LOCK) changes (becomes locked when previously unlocked or becomes unlocked when
previously locked). T4LOCK is cleared when written with a 1 and not set again until the T4 lock status changes
again. When T4LOCK is set it can cause an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the T4LOCK interrupt enable bit
is set in the IER3 register. See Section 7.7.6.
Bit 5: Phase Monitor Alarm (PHMON). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the phase monitor alarm limit has
been exceeded (PMLIM field of the PHMON register). PHMON is cleared when written with a 1 and not set again
until the threshold is exceeded again. When PHMON is set it can cause an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if
the PHMON interrupt enable bit is set in the IER3 register. See Section 7.7.7.
Bit 4: T4 No Valid Inputs Alarm (T4NOIN). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the T4 DPLL has no valid
inputs available. T4NOIN is cleared when written with a 1 unless the T4 DPLL still has no valid inputs available.
When T4NOIN is set it can cause an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the T4NOIN interrupt enable bit is set
in the IER3 register. See Section 7.5.
Bit 3: AMI Violation on IC2 (AMI2). This latched status bit is set to 1 when a deviation from the expected pattern
of seven ones followed by a BPV occurs on the IC2 input in each of two consecutive 8-bit periods. However, if the
composite clock receiver can detect the presence of the 400 Hz component required by G.703 Appendix II.1 option
b), then the missing BPVs that indicate the 400 Hz component are not considered AMI violations. AMI2 is cleared
when written with a 1 and not set again until another AMI violation occurs. When AMI2 is set it can cause an
interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the AMI2 interrupt enable bit is set in the IER3 register. This status bit is only
enabled when IC2 is configured as a composite clock receiver (MCR5:IC2SF = 0). See Section 7.10.1.
Bit 2: LOS Error on IC2 (LOS2). This latched status bit is set to 1 when no pulses are detected on the IC2 input in
a 32μs period (i.e., after two missing pulses). LOS2 is cleared when written with a 1 and is not set again until IC2
transitions from valid signal to loss-of-signal again. When LOS2 is set it can cause an interrupt request on the
INTREQ pin if the LOS2 interrupt enable bit is set in the IER3 register. This status bit is only enabled when IC2 is
configured as a composite clock receiver (MCR5:IC2SF = 0). See Section 7.10.1.
Bit 1: AMI Violation on IC1 (AMI1). This latched status bit is set to 1 when a deviation from the expected pattern
of seven ones followed by a BPV occurs on the IC1 input in each of two consecutive 8-bit periods. However, if the
composite clock receiver can detect the presence of the 400Hz component required by G.703 Appendix II.1 option
b), then the missing BPVs that indicate the 400Hz component are not considered AMI violations. AMI1 is cleared
when written with a 1 and not set again until another AMI violation occurs. When AMI1 is set it can cause an
interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the AMI1 interrupt enable bit is set in the IER3 register. This status bit is only
enabled when IC1 is configured as a composite clock receiver (MCR5:IC1SF = 0). See Section 7.10.1.
Bit 0: LOS Error on IC1 (LOS1). This latched status bit is set to 1 when no pulses are detected on the IC1 input in
a 32 μs period (i.e., after two missing pulses). LOS1 is cleared when written with a 1 and is not set again until IC1
transitions from valid signal to loss-of-signal again. When LOS1 is set it can cause an interrupt request on the
INTREQ pin if the LOS1 interrupt enable bit is set in the IER3 register. This status bit is only enabled when IC1 is
configured as a composite clock receiver (MCR5:IC1SF = 0). See Section 7.10.1.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
66 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
FSMON
0
OPSTATE
Operating State Register
09h
Bit 6
T4LOCK
1
Bit 5
T0SOFT
0
Bit 4
T4SOFT
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
0
Bit 1
T0STATE[2:0]
0
Bit 0
1
Bit 7: Frame Sync Input Monitor Alarm (FSMON). This real-time status bit indicates the current status of the
frame sync input monitor. See Section 7.9.3.
0 = no alarm
1 = alarm
Bit 6: T4 DPLL Lock Status (T4LOCK). This real-time status bit indicates the current phase lock status of the T4
DPLL. See Sections 7.5.3 and 7.7.6.
0 = not locked to selected reference
1 = locked to selected reference
Bit 5: T0 DPLL Frequency Soft Alarm (T0SOFT). This real-time status bit indicates whether or not the T0 DPLL is
tracking its reference within the soft alarm limits specified in the SOFT[6:0] field of the DLIMIT3 register. See
Section 7.7.6.
0 = No alarm; frequency is within the soft alarm limits
1 = Soft alarm; frequency is outside the soft alarm limits
Bit 4: T4 DPLL Frequency Soft Alarm (T4SOFT). This real-time status bit indicates whether or not the T4 DPLL is
tracking its reference within the soft alarm limits specified in the SOFT[6:0] field of the DLIMIT3 register. See
Section 7.7.6.
0 = No alarm; frequency is within the soft alarm limits
1 = Soft alarm; frequency is outside the soft alarm limits
Bits 2 to 0: T0 DPLL Operating State (T0STATE[2:0]). This real-time status field indicates the current state of the
T0 DPLL state machine. Values not listed below correspond to invalid (unused) states. See Section 7.7.1.
001 = Free-run
010 = Holdover
100 = Locked
101 = Prelocked 2
110 = Prelocked
111 = Loss-of-lock
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
67 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit 7
Name
Default
0
PTAB1
Priority Table Register 1
0Ah
Bit 6
Bit 5
REF1[3:0]
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
SELREF[3:0]
0
0
Bit 0
0
Bits 7 to 4: Highest Priority Valid Reference (REF1[3:0]). This real-time status field indicates the highest-priority
valid input reference. When T4T0 = 0 in the MCR11 register, this field indicates the highest priority reference for
the T0 DPLL. When T4T0 = 1, it indicates the highest priority reference for the T4 DPLL. Note that an input
reference cannot be indicated in this field if it has been marked invalid in the VALCR1 or VALCR2 register. When
the T0 DPLL is in non-revertive mode (REVERT = 0 in the MCR3 register) this field may not have the same value
as the SELREF[3:0] field. See Section 7.6.2.
0000 = No valid input reference available
0001 = Input IC1
0010 = Input IC2
0011 = Input IC3
0100 = Input IC4
0101 = Input IC5
0110 = Input IC6
0111 = Input IC7
1000 = Input IC8
1001 = Input IC9
1010 = Input IC10
1011 = Input IC11
1100 = Input IC12
1101 = Input IC13
1110 = Input IC14
1111 = {unused value}
Bits 3 to 0: Selected Reference (SELREF[3:0]). This real-time status field indicates the current selected
reference. When T4T0 = 0 in the MCR11 register, this field indicates the selected reference for the T0 DPLL. When
T4T0 = 1, it indicates the selected reference for the T4 DPLL. Note that an input clock cannot be indicated in this
field if it has been marked invalid in the VALCR1 or VALCR2 register. When the T0 DPLL is in nonrevertive mode
(REVERT = 0 in the MCR3 register) this field may not have the same value as the REF1[3:0] field. See Section
7.6.2.
0000 = No source currently selected
0001 = Input IC1
0010 = Input IC2
0011 = Input IC3
0100 = Input IC4
0101 = Input IC5
0110 = Input IC6
0111 = Input IC7
1000 = Input IC8
1001 = Input IC9
1010 = Input IC10
1011 = Input IC11
1100 = Input IC12
1101 = Input IC13
1110 = Input IC14
1111 = {unused value}
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
68 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit 7
Name
Default
0
PTAB2
Priority Table Register 2
0Bh
Bit 6
Bit 5
REF3[3:0]
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
REF2[3:0]
0
0
Bit 0
0
Bits 7 to 4: Third Highest Priority Valid Reference (REF3[3:0]). This real-time status field indicates the third
highest priority validated input reference. When T4T0 = 0 in the MCR11 register, this field indicates the third
highest priority reference for the T0 DPLL. When T4T0 = 1, it indicates the third highest reference for the T4 DPLL.
Note that an input reference cannot be indicated in this field if it has been marked invalid in the VALCR1 or
VALCR2 register. See Section 7.6.2.
0000 = Less than three valid sources available
0001 = Input IC1
0010 = Input IC2
0011 = Input IC3
0100 = Input IC4
0101 = Input IC5
0110 = Input IC6
0111 = Input IC7
1000 = Input IC8
1001 = Input IC9
1010 = Input IC10
1011 = Input IC11
1100 = Input IC12
1101 = Input IC13
1110 = Input IC14
1111 = {unused value}
Bits 3 to 0: Second Highest Priority Valid Reference (REF2[3:0]). This real-time status field indicates the
second highest priority validated input reference. When T4T0 = 0 in the MCR11 register, this field indicates the
second highest priority reference for the T0 DPLL. When T4T0 = 1, it indicates the second highest reference for the
T4 DPLL. Note that an input reference cannot be indicated in this field if it has been marked invalid in the VALCR1
or VALCR2 register. See Section 7.6.2.
0000 = Less than two valid sources available
0001 = Input IC1
0010 = Input IC2
0011 = Input IC3
0100 = Input IC4
0101 = Input IC5
0110 = Input IC6
0111 = Input IC7
1000 = Input IC8
1001 = Input IC9
1010 = Input IC10
1011 = Input IC11
1100 = Input IC12
1101 = Input IC13
1110 = Input IC14
1111 = {unused value}
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
69 of 150
DS3101
FREQ1
Frequency Register 1
0Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
FREQ[7:0]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
The FREQ1, FREQ2, and FREQ3 registers must be read consecutively. See Section 8.3.
Bits 7 to 0: Current DPLL Frequency (FREQ[7:0]). The full 19-bit FREQ[18:0] field spans this register, FREQ2
and FREQ3. FREQ is a two’s-complement signed integer that expresses the current frequency as an offset with
respect to the master clock frequency (see Section 7.3). When T4T0 = 0 in the MCR11 register, FREQ indicates
the current frequency offset of the T0 DPLL. When T4T0 = 1, FREQ indicates the current frequency offset of the T4
path. Because the value in this register field is derived from the DPLL integral path, it can be considered an
average frequency with a rate of change inversely proportional to the DPLL bandwidth. If LIMINT = 1 in the MCR9
register, the value of FREQ freezes when the DPLL reaches its minimum or maximum frequency. The frequency
offset in ppm is equal to FREQ[18:0] x 0.0003068. See Section 7.7.1.6.
Application Note: Frequency measurements are relative, i.e., they measure the frequency of the selected reference
with respect to the local oscillator. As such, when a frequency difference exists, it is difficult to distinguish whether
the selected reference is off frequency or the local oscillator is off frequency. In systems with timing card
redundancy, the use of two timing cards, master and slave, can address this difficulty. Both master and slave have
separate local oscillators, and each measures the selected reference. These two measurements provide the
necessary information to distinguish which reference is off frequency, if we make the simple assumption that at
most one reference has a significant frequency deviation at any given time (i.e., a single point of failure). If both
master and slave indicate a significant frequency offset, then the selected reference must be off frequency. If the
master indicates a frequency offset but the slave does not, then the master’s local oscillator must be off frequency.
Likewise, if the slave indicates a frequency offset but the master does not, then slave’s local oscillator must be off
frequency.
FREQ2
Frequency Register 2
0Dh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
FREQ[15:8]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Current DPLL Frequency (FREQ[15:8]). See the FREQ1 register description.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
70 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
IC8
0
VALSR1
Input Clock Valid Status Register 1
0Eh
Bit 6
IC7
0
Bit 5
IC6
0
Bit 4
IC5
0
Bit 3
IC4
0
Bit 2
IC3
0
Bit 1
IC2
0
Bit 0
IC1
0
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Valid Status (IC8 to IC1). Each of these real-time status bits is set to 1 when the
corresponding input clock is valid. An input is valid if it has no active alarms (HARD = 0, ACT = 0, LOCK = 0 in the
corresponding ISR register). See also the MSR1 register and Section 7.5.
0 = Invalid
1 = Valid
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
FHORDY
0
VALSR2
Input Clock Valid Status Register 2
0Fh
Bit 6
SHORDY
0
Bit 5
IC14
0
Bit 4
IC13
0
Bit 3
IC12
0
Bit 2
IC11
0
Bit 1
IC10
0
Bit 0
IC9
0
Bit 7: Fast Holdover Frequency Ready (FHORDY). This real-time status bit is set to 1 when the T0 DPLL has a
holdover value that has been averaged over the 8-minute holdover averaging period. See the related latched
status bit in MSR4 and Section 7.7.1.6.
Bit 6: Slow Holdover Frequency Ready (SHORDY). This real-time status bit is set to 1 when the T0 DPLL has a
holdover value that has been averaged over the 110-minute holdover averaging period. See the related latched
status bit in MSR4 and Section 7.7.1.6.
Bits 5 to 0: Input Clock Valid Status (IC14 to IC9). These bits have the same behavior as the bits in VALSR1 but
for the IC9 through IC14 input clocks.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
71 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
SOFT2
0
ISR1
Input Status Register 1
10h
Bit 6
HARD2
1
Bit 5
ACT2
1
Bit 4
LOCK2
0
Bit 3
SOFT1
0
Bit 2
HARD1
1
Bit 1
ACT1
1
Bit 0
LOCK1
0
Bit 7: Soft Frequency Limit Alarm for Input Clock 2 (SOFT2). This real-time status bit indicates a soft frequency
limit alarm for input clock 2. If IC2 is the selected reference then SOFT2 is set to 1 when the frequency of IC2 is
greater than or equal to the soft limit set in the SRLIMIT register. IF IC2 is not the selected reference then SOFT2
is set to 1 when the frequency of IC2 is greater than or equal to the soft limit set in the ILIMIT register. Soft alarms
are disabled by default but can be enabled by setting SOFTEN = 1 in the MCR10 register. A soft alarm does not
invalidate an input clock. See Section 7.5.1.
Bit 6: Hard Frequency Limit Alarm for Input Clock 2 (HARD2). This real-time status bit indicates a hard
frequency limit alarm for input clock 2. If IC2 is the selected reference then HARD2 is set to 1 when the frequency
of IC2 is greater than or equal to the hard limit set in the SRLIMIT register. If IC2 is not the selected reference then
HARD2 is set to 1 when the frequency of IC2 is greater than or equal to the hard limit set in the ILIMIT register.
Hard alarms are enabled by default but can be disabled by setting HARDEN = 0 in the MCR10 register. A hard
alarm clears the IC2 status bit in the VALSR1 register, invalidating the IC2 clock. See Section 7.5.1.
Bit 5: Activity Alarm for Input Clock 2 (ACT2). This real-time status bit is set to 1 when the leaky bucket
accumulator for IC2 reaches the alarm threshold specified in the LBxU register (where ‘x’ in ‘LBxU’ is specified in
the BUCKET field of ICR2). An activity alarm clears the IC2 status bit in the VALSR1 register, invalidating the IC2
clock. See Section 7.5.2.
Bit 4: Phase Lock Alarm for Input Clock 2 (LOCK2). This status bit is set to 1 if IC2 is the selected reference and
the T0 DPLL cannot phase lock to IC2 within the duration specified in the PHLKTO register (default = 100
seconds). A phase lock alarm clears the IC2 status bit in VALSR1, invalidating the IC2 clock. If LKATO = 1 in
MCR3 then LOCK2 is automatically cleared after a timeout period of 128 seconds. LOCK2 is a read/write bit.
System software can clear LOCK2 by writing 0 to it, but writing 1 is ignored. See Section 7.7.1.
Bit 3: Soft Frequency Limit Alarm for Input Clock 1 (SOFT1). This bit has the same behavior as the SOFT2 bit
but for the IC1 input clock.
Bit 2: Hard Frequency Limit Alarm for Input Clock 1 (HARD1). This bit has the same behavior as the HARD2 bit
but for the IC1 input clock.
Bit 1: Activity Alarm for Input Clock 1 (ACT1). This bit has the same behavior as the ACT2 bit but for the IC1
input clock.
Bit 0: Phase Lock Alarm for Input Clock 1 (LOCK1). This bit has the same behavior as the LOCK2 bit but for the
IC1 input clock.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
72 of 150
DS3101
ISR2, ISR3, ISR4, ISR5, ISR6, ISR7
Input Status Register 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
11h, 12h, 13h, 14h, 15h, 16h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
SOFTn
0
Bit 6
HARDn
1
Bit 5
ACTn
1
Bit 4
LOCKn
0
Bit 3
SOFTm
0
Bit 2
HARDm
1
Bit 1
ACTm
1
Bit 0
LOCKm
0
These registers have the same behavior as ISR1 but for the other input clocks, as follows:
INPUT CLOCKS
IC4 and IC3
IC6 and IC5
IC8 and IC7
IC10 and IC9
IC12 and IC11
IC14 and IC13
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
REGISTER
ISR2
ISR3
ISR4
ISR5
ISR6
ISR7
73 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
FHORDY
0
MSR4
Master Status Register 4
17h
Bit 6
SHORDY
0
Bit 5
MRAA
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
IC2NO4
0
Bit 2
IC1NO4
0
Bit 1
IC2NO8
0
Bit 0
IC1NO8
0
Bit 7: Fast Holdover Frequency Ready (FHORDY). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the T0 DPLL has a
holdover value that has been averaged over the 8-minute holdover averaging period. FHORDY is cleared when
written with a 1. When FHORDY is set it can cause an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the FHORDY
interrupt enable bit is set in the IER4 register. See Section 7.7.1.6.
Bit 6: Slow Holdover Frequency Ready (SHORDY). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the T0 DPLL has a
holdover value that has been averaged over the 110-minute holdover averaging period. SHORDY is cleared when
written with a 1. When SHORDY is set it can cause an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the SHORDY
interrupt enable bit is set in the IER4 register. See Section 7.7.1.6.
Bit 5: Multiregister Access Aborted (MRAA). This latched status bit is set to 1 when a multibyte access (read or
write) is interrupted by another access to the device. MRAA is cleared when written with a 1. MRAA cannot cause
an interrupt to occur. See Section 8.3.
Bit 3: Input Clock 2 Has No 400Hz Component (IC2NO4). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the missing
BPVs that indicate the 400Hz component cannot be found in a 5ms period (two 400Hz cycles). IC2NO4 is cleared
when written with a 1 unless the 400Hz component is still not present. When IC2NO4 is set it can cause an
interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the IC2NO4 interrupt enable bit is set in the IER4 register. This status bit is
only enabled when IC2 is configured as a composite clock receiver (MCR5:IC2SF = 0). See Section 7.10.1.
Bit 2: Input Clock 1 Has No 400Hz Component (IC1NO4). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the missing
BPVs that indicate the 400Hz component cannot be found in a 5ms period (two 400Hz cycles). IC1NO4 is cleared
when written with a 1 unless the 400Hz component is still not present. When IC1NO4 is set it can cause an
interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the IC1NO4 interrupt enable bit is set in the IER4 register. This status bit is
only enabled when IC1 is configured as a composite clock receiver (MCR5:IC1SF = 0). See Section 7.10.1.
Bit 1: Input Clock 2 Has No 8kHz Component (IC2NO8). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the BPVs that
indicate the 8kHz component cannot be found in the incoming signal in a 500μs period (four 8kHz cycles). IC2NO8
is cleared when written with a 1 unless the 8kHz component is still not present. When IC2NO8 is set it can cause
an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the IC2NO8 interrupt enable bit is set in the IER4 register. This status bit
is only enabled when IC2 is configured as a composite clock receiver (MCR5:IC2SF = 0). See Section 7.10.1.
Bit 0: Input Clock 1 Has No 8kHz Component (IC1NO8). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the BPVs that
indicate the 8kHz component cannot be found in the incoming signal in a 500μs period (four 8kHz cycles). IC1NO8
is cleared when written with a 1 unless the 8kHz component is still not present. When IC1NO8 is set it can cause
an interrupt request on the INTREQ pin if the IC1NO8 interrupt enable bit is set in the IER4 register. This status bit
is only enabled when IC1 is configured as a composite clock receiver (MCR5:IC1SF = 0). See Section 7.10.1.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
74 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit 7
Name
Default (T0)
Default (T4)
0
0
IPR1
Input Priority Register 1
18h
Bit 6
Bit 5
PRI2[3:0]
0
1
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
1
0
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
PRI1[3:0]
0
1
0
0
Bit 0
0
0
Bits 7 to 4: Priority for Input Clock 2 (PRI2). Priority 0001 is highest; priority 1111 is lowest. When MCR11:T4T0
= 0, PRI2 configures IC2’s priority for the T0 DPLL. When T4T0 = 1, PRI2 configures IC2’s priority for the T4 path.
See Section 7.6.1.
0000 = IC2 unavailable for selection.
0001–1111= IC2 relative priority
Bits 3 to 0: Priority for Input Clock 1 (PRI1). Priority 0001 is highest; priority 1111 is lowest. When MCR11:T4T0
= 0, PRI1 configures IC1’s priority for the T0 DPLL. When T4T0 = 1, PRI1 configures IC1’s priority for the T4 path.
See Section 7.6.1.
0000 = IC1 unavailable for selection.
0001–1111 = IC1 relative priority
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit 7
Name
Default
IPR2, IPR3, IPR4, IPR5, IPR6, IPR7
Input Priority Register 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
19h, 1Ah, 1Bh, 1Ch, 1Dh, 1Eh
Bit 6
Bit 5
PRIn[3:0]
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
PRIm[3:0]
Bit 0
see table
These registers have the same behavior as IPR1 but for the other input clocks, as follows:
INPUT CLOCKS
IC4 and IC3
IC6 and IC5
IC8 and IC7
IC10 and IC9
REGISTER
IPR2
IPR3
IPR4
IPR5
IC12 and IC11
IPR6
IC14 and IC13
IPR7
DEFAULT (T0)
0101 0100
0111 0110
1001 1000
1011 1010
1101 1100 or
1101 0001*
1111 1110
DEFAULT (T4)
0000 0000
0111 0110
1001 1000
1011 1010
0000 0000
0000 0000
*In register IPR6, for the T0 path, if the MASTSLV pin is high (master mode) when RST = 0 then the default priority of input IC11 (PRI11) is 12.
If the MASTSLV pin is low (slave mode) when RST = 0, then the default priority of IC11 is 1. When the device is in slave mode values written to
PRI11[3:0] are latched, but the value read is always 0001 to indicate that input 11 is forced to have priority 1. See Section 7.9.1.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
75 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
DIVN
0
ICR1, ICR2, ICR3, ICR4, ICR5, ICR6, ICR7, ICR8, ICR9, ICR10, ICR11, ICR12,
ICR13, ICR14
Input Configuration Register 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14
20h, 21h, 22h, 23h, 24h, 25h, 26h, 27h, 28h, 29h, 2Ah, 2Bh, 2Ch, 2Dh
Bit 6
LOCK8K
0
Bit 5
Bit 4
BUCKET[1:0]
0
0
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
FREQ[3:0]
See below
Bit 0
These registers are identical in function. ICRx is the control register for input clock ICx.
Bit 7: DIVN Mode (DIVN). When DIVN is set to 1, the input clock is divided down by a programmable pre-divider.
The resulting output clock is then passed to the DPLL and frequency monitor. All input clocks for which DIVN = 1
are divided by the factor specified in DIVN1 and DIVN2. When DIVN = 1 in an ICR register, the FREQ field of that
register must be set to 8kHz. See Section 7.4.2.3.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Bit 6: LOCK8K Mode (LOCK8K). When LOCK8K is set to 1, the input clock is divided down by a preset
predivider. The resulting output clock, which is always 8kHz, is then passed to the DPLL. LOCK8K is ignored when
DIVN = 1. LOCK8K is also ignored when DIVN = 0 and FREQ[3:0] = 1001 (2kHz) or 1010 (4kHz). See Section
7.4.2.2.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Bits 5 to 4: Leaky Bucket Configuration (BUCKET[1:0]). Each input clock has leaky bucket accumulator logic in
its activity monitor. The LBxy registers at addresses 50h to 5Fh specify four different leaky bucket configurations.
Any of the four configurations can be specified for the input clock. See Section 7.5.2.
00 = leaky bucket configuration 0
01 = leaky bucket configuration 1
10 = leaky bucket configuration 2
11 = leaky bucket configuration 3
Bits 3 to 0: Input Clock Nominal Frequency (FREQ[3:0]). This field specifies the input clock’s nominal
frequency. FREQ must be set to 0000 if DIVN = 1. See Section 7.4.2.
0000 = 8kHz
0001 = 1544kHz or 2048kHz (as determined by SONSDH bit in the MCR3 register)
0010 = 6.48MHz
0011 = 19.44MHz
0100 = 25.92MHz
0101 = 38.88MHz
0110 = 51.84MHz
0111 = 77.76MHz
1000 = 155.52MHz (only valid for IC5 and IC6)
1001 = 2kHz
1010 = 4kHz
1011 = 6312kHz
1100–1111 {unused values}
FREQ[3:0] Default Values:
ICR1–ICR4:
0000b
ICR5–ICR10:
0011b
ICR11:
0010b if MASTSLV = 0
0011b if MASTSLV = 1
ICR12–ICR14:
0001b
Note that the ICR11 default value is set based on the state of the MASTSLV pin when the RST pin is
asserted. See Section 7.12.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
76 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
IC8
1
VALCR1
Input Clock Valid Control Register 1
30h
Bit 6
IC7
1
Bit 5
IC6
1
Bit 4
IC5
1
Bit 3
IC4
1
Bit 2
IC3
1
Bit 1
IC2
1
Bit 0
IC1
1
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Valid Control (IC8 to IC1). These control bits can be used to force input clocks to be
considered invalid. If a clock is invalidated by one of these control bits it will not appear in the priority table in the
PTAB1 and PTAB2 registers, even if the clock is otherwise valid. One key application for these control bits is to
force clocks invalid that are declared invalid in the other DS3101 device of a redundant pair. Note that setting a
VALCR bit low has no effect on the corresponding bit in the VALSR registers. See Sections 7.6.2 and 7.9.1.
0 = Force invalid
1 = Do not force invalid; determine validity normally
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
VALCR2
Input Clock Valid Control Register 2
31h
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
IC14
1
Bit 4
IC13
1
Bit 3
IC12
1
Bit 2
IC11
1
Bit 1
IC10
1
Bit 0
IC9
1
Bits 5 to 0: Input Clock Valid Control (IC14 to IC9). These bits have the same behavior as the bits in VALCR1
but for the IC9 through IC14 input clocks.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
77 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
RST
0
MCR1
Master Configuration Register 1
32h
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
0
Bit 1
T0STATE[2:0]
0
Bit 0
0
Bit 7: Device Reset (RST). When this bit is high the entire device is held in reset, and all register fields, except the
RST bit itself, are reset to their default states. When RST is active, the register fields with pin-programmed defaults
do not latch their values from the corresponding input pins. Instead these fields are reset to the default values that
were latched from the pins when the RST pin was last active. See Section 7.12.
0 = Normal operation
1 = Reset
Bits 2 to 0: T0 DPLL State Control (T0STATE). This field allows the T0 DPLL state machine to be forced to a
specified state. The state machine will remain in the forced state, and therefore cannot react to alarms and other
events, as long as T0STATE is not equal to 000. See Section 7.7.1.
000 = Automatic (normal state machine operation)
001 = Free-run
010 = Holdover
011 = {unused value}
100 = Locked
101 = Prelocked 2
110 = Prelocked
111 = Loss-of-lock
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
78 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
MCR2
Master Configuration Register 2
33h
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
1
Bit 2
Bit 1
T0FORCE[3:0]
1
1
Bit 0
1
Bits 3 to 0: T0 DPLL Force Selected Reference (T0FORCE[3:0]). This field provides a way to force a specified
input clock to be the selected reference for the T0 DPLL. Internally this is accomplished by forcing the clock to have
the highest priority (as specified in PTAB1:REF1). In revertive mode (MCR3:REVERT = 1) the forced clock
automatically becomes the selected reference (as specified in PTAB1:SELREF) as well. In nonrevertive mode, the
forced clock only becomes the selected reference when the existing selected reference is invalidated or made
unavailable for selection.
When a reference is forced, the activity monitor and frequency monitor for that input and the T0 DPLL’s loss-of-lock
timeout logic all continue to operate and affect the relevant ISR, VALSR and MSR register bits. However, when the
reference is declared invalid the T0 DPLL is not allowed to switch to another input clock. The T0 DPLL continues to
respond to the fast activity monitor and the invalidate-on-event logic in the CC receivers (register MCR5),
transitioning to miniholdover in response to short-term events and to full holdover in response to longer events. See
Section 7.6.3.
0000 = Automatic source selection (normal operation)
0001 = Force to IC1
0010 = Force to IC2
0011 = Force to IC3
0100 = Force to IC4
0101 = Force to IC5
0110 = Force to IC6
0111 = Force to IC7
1000 = Force to IC8
1001 = Force to IC9
1010 = Force to IC10
1011 = Force to IC11
1100 = Force to IC12
1101 = Force to IC13
1110 = Force to IC14
1111 = Automatic source selection (normal operation)
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
79 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
AEFSEN
1
MCR3
Master Configuration Register 3
34h
Bit 6
LKATO
1
Bit 5
XOEDGE
0
Bit 4
MANHO
0
Bit 3
EFSEN
0
Bit 2
SONSDH
see below
Bit 1
MASTSLV
see below
Bit 0
REVERT
0
Bit 7: Auto External Frame Sync Enable (AEFSEN). See Section 7.9.3.
0 = EFSEN bit (bit 3 below) enables and disables the external frame sync on the SYNC2K pin
1 = The external frame sync is enabled when EFSEN = 1 and the T0 DPLL is locked to the input clock
specified in the SOURCE field of FSCR3.
Bit 6: Phase Lock Alarm Timeout (LKATO). This bit controls how phase alarms on input clocks can be
terminated. Phase alarms are indicated by the LOCK bits in ISR registers
0 = Phase alarms on input clocks can only be cancelled by software
1 = Phase alarms are automatically cancelled after a timeout period of 128 seconds
Bit 5: Local Oscillator Edge (XOEDGE). This bit specifies the significant clock edge of the local oscillator clock
signal on the REFCLK input pin. The faster edge should be selected for best jitter performance. See Section 7.3.
0 = Rising edge
1 = Falling edge
Bit 4: Manual Holdover (MANHO). When this bit is set to 1 the T0 DPLL holdover frequency is set by the
HOFREQ field in the HOCR1, HOCR2 and HOCR3 registers. When MANHO = 1 it has priority over any other
holdover control fields. See Section 7.7.1.6.
0 = Standard holdover: holdover frequency is learned by the T0 DPLL from the selected reference
1 = Manual holdover: holdover frequency is taken from the HOFREQ field
Bit 3: External Frame Sync Enable (EFSEN). When this bit is set to 1 the T0 DPLL looks for a reference frame
sync pulse on the SYNC2K pin. See the AEFSEN bit description above for more information. See Section 7.9.3.
0 = Disable external frame sync; ignore SYNC2K pin
1 = Enable external frame sync on SYNC2K pin
Bit 2: SONET or SDH Frequencies (SONSDH). This bit specifies the clock rate for input clocks with FREQ=0001
in the ICR registers (20h to 2Dh). During reset the default value of this bit is latched from the SONSDH pin. See
Section 7.4.2.
0 = 2048kHz
1 = 1544 Hz
Bit 1: Master or Slave Configuration (MASTSLV). This read-only bit indicates the state of the MASTSLV pin.
This bit therefore does not have a fixed default value. To disable the master-slave pin feature and give software the
ability to configure devices as either master or slave, wire the MASTSLV pin high (master mode) on both devices.
See Section 7.9.
0 = Slave Mode. In this mode input clock IC11 is set to priority 1 (highest), the T0 DPLL is set to acquisition
bandwidth, revertive mode is enabled, and phase build-out is disabled.
1 = Master Mode. In this mode all setting are configured by configuration registers.
Bit 0: Revertive Mode (REVERT). This bit configures the T0 DPLL for revertive or non-revertive operation. (The
T4 DPLL is always revertive). In revertive mode, if an input clock with a higher priority than the selected reference
becomes valid, the higher-priority reference immediately becomes the selected reference. In nonrevertive mode,
the higher priority reference does not immediately become the selected reference but does become the highestpriority reference in the priority table (REF1 field in the PTAB1 register). See Section 7.6.2.
When the device is in slave mode (MASTSLV pin = 0) values written to this field are latched, but the value read is
always 1 to indicate that the device is forced into revertive mode. See Section 7.9.1.
0 = Nonrevertive mode
1 = Revertive mode
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
80 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
LKT4T0
0
MCR4
Master Configuration Register 4
35h
Bit 6
T4DFB
1
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
OC89
0
Bit 3
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
T4FORCE[3:0]
0
0
Bit 0
0
Bit 7: Lock T4 to T0 (LKT4T0). When this bit is set to 0 the T4 path operates independently from the T0 path.
When it is set to 1 the T4 path locks to the output of the T0 DPLL, which allows the T4 path to be used to
synthesize additional clock frequencies that are locked to the T0 reference. See Section 7.8.2.2.
0 = T4 path operates independently from T0 path
1 = T4 DPLL locks to the output of the T0 DPLL
Bit 6: T4 Digital Feedback Mode (T4DFB). See Section 7.8.2.2.
0 = Analog feedback mode
1 = Digital feedback mode
Bit 4: Source Control for Clock Outputs 8 and 9 (OC89). See Section 7.8.2.4.
0 = OC8 and OC9 generated from T4 DPLL
1 = OC8 and OC9 generated from T0 DPLL
Bits 3 to 0: T4 DPLL Force Selected Reference (T4FORCE[3:0]). This field provides a way to force a specified
input clock to be the selected reference for the T4 DPLL. Internally this is accomplished by forcing the clock to have
the highest priority (as specified in PTAB1:REF1). Since the T4 DPLL always operates in revertive mode, the
forced clock automatically becomes the selected reference (as specified in PTAB1:SELREF) as well.
When a reference is forced, the activity monitor and frequency monitor for that input continue to operate and affect
the relevant ISR, VALSR and MSR register bits. However, when the reference is declared invalid, the T4 DPLL is
not allowed to switch to another input clock. See Section 7.6.3.
0000 = Automatic (normal operation)
0001 = Force to IC1
0010 = Force to IC2
0011 = Force to IC3
0100 = Force to IC4
0101 = Force to IC5
0110 = Force to IC6
0111 = Force to IC7
1000 = Force to IC8
1001 = Force to IC9
1010 = Force to IC10
1011 = Force to IC11
1100 = Force to IC12
1101 = Force to IC13
1110 = Force to IC14
1111 = Automatic (normal operation)
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
81 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
CCEDGE
0
MCR5
Master Configuration Register 5
36h
Bit 6
BITERR
0
Bit 5
AMI
0
Bit 4
LOS
0
Bit 3
IC2SF
0
Bit 2
IC1SF
0
Bit 1
IC6SF
1
Bit 0
IC5SF
0
Bit 7: Composite Clock 8kHz Edge (CCEDGE). This bit specifies the 8kHz clock edge in the incoming composite
clock signals on inputs IC1 and IC2. See Section 7.10.1.
0 = The leading edge of the pulse following the BPV
1 = The leading edge of the BPV
Bit 6: Increment the Activity Monitor on Bit Errors (BITERR). If this bit is set to 1, then the detection of a
deviation from the one-BPV-in-eight pattern on IC1 or IC2 (in composite clock mode) is considered an irregularity
by the corresponding activity monitor. The activity monitors increment their leaky bucket accumulators once for
each 128ms interval in which irregularities occur. See Section 7.10.1.
0 = Bit errors do not increment the input clock activity monitors
1 = Bit errors do increment the input clock activity monitors
Bit 5: Invalidate on AMI Violation (AMI). If this bit is set to 1, then the detection of a deviation from the one-BPVin-eight pattern in each of two consecutive 8-bit periods on IC1 or IC2 (in composite clock mode) automatically
invalidates the offending clock. See Section 7.10.1.
0 = Do not invalidate on AMI violation
1 = Invalidate on incorrect AMI violation
Bit 4: Invalidate on Loss of Signal (LOS). If this bit is set to 1, then the detection of two consecutive zeros on IC1
or IC2 (in composite clock mode) automatically invalidates the offending clock. See Section 7.10.1.
0 = Do not invalidate on LOS
1 = Invalidate on LOS
Bit 3: Input Clock 2 Signal Format (IC2SF). See Section 7.10.1.
0 = AMI 64kHz composite clock on the IC2A pin
1 = CMOS/TTL on the IC2 pin
Bit 2: Input Clock 1 Signal Format (IC1SF). See Section 7.10.1.
0 = AMI 64 kHz composite clock on the IC1A pin
1 = CMOS/TTL on the IC1 pin
Bit 1: Input Clock 6 Signal Format (IC6SF). For backward compatibility this bit can be written to and read back,
but it does not affect the IC6POS/NEG inputs pins. See Section 7.4.1.
0 = LVDS compatible
1 = LVPECL compatible (default)
Bit 0: Input Clock 5 Signal Format (IC5SF). For backward compatibility this bit can be written to and read back,
but it does not affect the IC6POS/NEG inputs pins. See Section 7.4.1.
0 = LVDS compatible (default)
1 = LVPECL compatible
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
82 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
IFSR
Microprocessor Interface Selection Status Register
37h
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
IFSEL[2:0]
set by IFSEL[2:0] pins when RST = 0
Bits 2 to 0: Microprocessor Interface Selection (IFSEL[2:0]). This read-only field shows the current state of the
IFSEL[2:0] pins. When RST = 0 the state of the IFSEL pins is latched into the microprocessor interface control
register (IFCR). After RST is brought high, the IFSEL pins are ignored by the interface control logic and can be
used as general purpose inputs whose values are shown in this register field. See Section 7.10.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
DIG2AF
0
MCR6
Master Configuration Register 6
38h
Bit 6
DIG2SS
see below
Bit 5
DIG1SS
see below
Bit 4
—
1
Bit 3
—
1
Bit 2
—
1
Bit 1
—
1
Bit 0
—
1
Bit 7: Digital2 Alternate Frequency (DIG2AF). See Section 7.8.2.1.
0 = Digital2 frequency specified by DIG2SS and MCR7:DIG2F.
1 = Digital2 frequency is 6312kHz (must set DIG2SS = 0 and MCR7:DIG2F = 00)
Bit 6: Digital2 SONET or SDH Frequencies (DIG2SS). This bit specifies whether the clock rates generated by the
Digital2 clock synthesizer are multiples of 1.544MHz (SONET compatible) or multiples of 2.048MHz (SDH
compatible). The specific multiple is set in the DIG2F field of the MCR7 register. When RST = 0 the default value of
this bit is latched from the SONSDH pin. See Section 7.8.2.1.
0 = Multiples of 2048kHz
1 = Multiples of 1544kHz
Bit 5: Digital1 SONET or SDH Frequencies (DIG1SS). This bit specifies whether the clock rates generated by the
Digital1 clock synthesizer are multiples of 1544kHz (SONET compatible) or multiples of 2048kHz (SDH
compatible). The specific multiple is set in the DIG1F field of the MCR7 register. When RST = 0 the default value of
this bit is latched from the SONSDH pin. See Section 7.8.2.1.
0 = Multiples of 2048kHz
1 = Multiples of 1544kHz
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
83 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
MCR7
Master Configuration Register 7
39h
Bit 7
Bit 6
DIG2F[1:0]
0
0
Bit 5
Bit 4
DIG1F[1:0]
0
0
Bit 3
—
1
Bit 2
—
0
Bit 1
—
0
Bit 0
—
0
Bits 7 to 6: Digital2 Frequency (DIG2F[1:0]). This field and DIG2SS of MCR6 configure the frequency of the
Digital2 clock synthesizer. See Section 7.8.2.1.
DIG2SS = 1
00 = 1544kHz
01 = 3088kHz
10 = 6176kHz
11 = 12352kHz
DIG2SS = 0
00 = 2048kHz
01 = 4096kHz
10 = 8192kHz
11 = 16384kHz
Bits 5 to 4: Digital1 Frequency (DIG1F[1:0]). This field and DIG1SS of MCR6 configure the frequency of the
Digital1 clock synthesizer. See Section 7.8.2.1.
DIG1SS = 1
00 = 1544kHz
01 = 3088kHz
10 = 6176kHz
11 = 12352kHz
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
1
DIG1SS = 0
00 = 2048kHz
01 = 4096kHz
10 = 8192kHz
11 = 16384kHz
MCR8
Master Configuration Register 8
3Ah
Bit 6
—
1
Bit 5
OC8400
0
Bit 4
OC8NO8
0
Bit 3
Bit 2
OC7SF
0
1
Bit 1
Bit 0
OC6SF
1
0
Bit 5: Output Clock 8, 400Hz Component Enable (OC8400). See Section 7.10.2.
0 = 400 Hz component disabled
1 = 400 Hz component enabled
Bit 4: Output Clock 8, 8kHz Component Disable (OC8NO8). See Section 7.10.2.
0 = 8 kHz component enabled
1 = 8 kHz component disabled
Bits 3 to 2: Output Clock 7 Control (OC7SF[1:0]). See Section 7.8.1.
00 = Output disabled
01 = 3V LVDS compatible (default)
10 = 3V LVDS compatible
11 = 3V LVDS compatible
Bits 1 to 0: Clock Output 6 Control (OC6SF[1:0]). See Section 7.8.1.
00 = Output disabled
01 = 3V LVDS compatible
10 = 3V LVDS compatible (default)
11 = 3V LVDS compatible
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
84 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
AUTOBW
1
MCR9
Master Configuration Register 9
3Bh
Bit 6
—
1
Bit 5
—
1
Bit 4
—
1
Bit 3
LIMINT
1
Bit 2
PFD180
0
Bit 1
—
1
Bit 0
—
1
Bit 7: Automatic Bandwidth Selection (AUTOBW). When the device is in slave mode (MASTSLV pin = 0), this
field is ignored and the T0 DPLL is forced to use acquisition bandwidth. See Section 7.7.3.
0 = Always selects locked bandwidth from the T0LBW register
1 = Automatically selects either locked bandwidth (T0LBW register) or acquisition bandwidth (T0ABW
register) as appropriate
Bit 3: Limit Integral Path (LIMINT). When this bit is set to 1, the T0 DPLL’s integral path is limited (i.e., frozen)
when the DPLL reaches minimum or maximum frequency, as set by the HARDLIM field in DLIMIT1 and DLIMIT2.
When the integral path is frozen, the current DPLL frequency in registers FREQ1, FREQ2 and FREQ3 is also
frozen. Setting LIMINT = 1 minimizes overshoot when the DPLL is pulling in. See Section 7.7.3.
0 = Do not freeze integral path at min/max frequency
1 = Freeze integral path at min/max frequency
Bit 2: 180° PFD Enable (PFD180). If TEST1:D180 = 1, then PFD180 has no effect.
0 = Use 180° phase detector (nearest edge locking mode)
1 = Use 180° phase-frequency detector
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
85 of 150
DS3101
MCLK1
Master Clock Frequency Adjustment Register 1
3Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
1
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
MCLKFREQ[7:0]
1
1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
1
The MCLK1 and MCLK2 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See Section 8.3.
Bits 7 to 0: Master Clock Frequency Adjustment (MCLKFREQ[7:0]). The full 16-bit MCLKFREQ[15:0] field
spans this register and MCLK2. MCLKFREQ is an unsigned integer that adjusts the frequency of the internal
204.8MHz master clock with respect to the frequency of the local oscillator clock on the REFCLK pin by up to
+514ppm and -771ppm. The master clock adjustment has the effect of speeding up the master clock with a positive
adjustment and slowing it down with a negative adjustment. For example, if the oscillator connected to REFCLK
has an offset of +1ppm then the adjustment should be -1ppm to correct the offset.
The formulas below translate adjustments to register values and vice versa. The default register value of 39,321
corresponds to 0ppm. See Section 7.3.
MCLKFREQ[15:0] = adjustment_in_ppm / 0.0196229 + 39,321
adjustment_in_ppm = ( MCLKFREQ[15:0] - 39,321 ) x 0.0196229
MCLK2
Master Clock Frequency Adjustment Register 2
3Dh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
1
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
MLCKFREQ[15:8]
1
1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
1
Bits 7 to 0: Master Clock Frequency Adjustment (MCLKFREQ[15:8]). See the MCLK1 register description.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
86 of 150
DS3101
HOCR1
Holdover Configuration Register 1
3Eh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
HOFREQ[7:0]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Holdover Frequency (HOFREQ[7:0]). The full 19-bit HOFREQ[18:0] field spans this register, HOCR2
and HOCR3. HOFREQ is a two’s-complement signed integer, and it expresses the holdover frequency as an offset
with respect to the master clock frequency (see Section 7.3). Writing this field sets the T0 DPLL’s manual holdover
frequency, which is used when MANHO = 1 in the MCR3 register. When HOCR3:RDAVG = 0, reading the
HOFREQ field returns the manual holdover value previously written. When RDAVG = 1, reading the HOFREQ field
returns the T0 DPLL’s averaged frequency, either the fast average (if HOCR3:FAST = 1) or the slow average (if
FAST = 0). The HOFREQ field has the same size and format as the FREQ[18:0] field (FREQ1, FREQ2 and
FREQ3 registers) to allow software to read FREQ, filter the value, and then write to HOFREQ. Holdover frequency
offset in ppm is equal to HOFREQ[18:0] x 0.0003068. See Section 7.7.1.6.
Note: After either HOCR3:RDAVG or HOCR3:FAST is changed, system software must wait at least 50μs before
reading the corresponding holdover value from the HOFREQ[18:0] field.
HOCR2
Holdover Configuration Register 2
3Fh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
HOFREQ[15:8]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Holdover Frequency (HOFREQ[15:8]). See the HOCR1 register description.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
87 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
AVG
1
HOCR3
Holdover Configuration Register 3
40h
Bit 6
FAST
0
Bit 5
RDAVG
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
MINIHO[1:0]
0
1
Bit 2
0
Bit 1
HOFREQ[18:16]
0
Bit 0
0
See Section 8.3 for important information about writing and reading this register.
Bit 7: Averaging (AVG). When this bit is set to 1 the T0 DPLL uses the averaged frequency value during holdover
mode. When MANHO = 1 in the MCR3 register, this bit is ignored. See Section 7.7.1.6.
0 = Not averaged frequency; holdover frequency is either manual (MANHO = 1) or instantaneously frozen
1 = Averaged frequency (averaging rate set by the FAST bit below)
Bit 6: Fast Averaging (FAST). This bit controls the averaging rate used in the T0 DPLL’s frequency averager. Fast
averaging has a -3dB response point of approximately 8 minutes. Slow averaging has a -3dB response point of
approximately 110 minutes. See Section 7.7.1.6.
0 = Slow frequency averaging
1 = Fast frequency averaging
Bit 5: Read Average (RDAVG). This bit controls which value is accessed when reading the HOFREQ field: the
manual holdover frequency or the T0 DPLL’s averaged frequency. This allows control software, optionally, to make
use of the averager and manual holdover mode in a software-controlled holdover algorithm. See Section 7.7.1.6.
0 = Read the manual holdover frequency value previously written
1 = Read the averaged frequency
Bits 4 to 3: Miniholdover Mode (MINIHO). Miniholdover is the state of the T0 DPLL where it is in the locked state
but has temporarily lost its input. In miniholdover the DPLL behaves exactly the same as in holdover but with
holdover frequency selected as specified by this field. See Section 7.7.1.7.
00 = frequency determined in the same way as holdover mode
01 = frequency instantaneously frozen (i.e., as if AVG = 0)
10 = frequency taken from fast averager (i.e., as if AVG = 1 and FAST = 1)
11 = frequency taken from slow averager (i.e., as if AVG = 1 and FAST = 0)
Bits 2 to 0: Holdover Frequency (HOFREQ[18:16]). See the HOCR1 register description.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
88 of 150
DS3101
DLIMIT1
DPLL Frequency Limit Register 1
41h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
1
1
Bit 4
Bit 3
HARDLIM[7:0]
1
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
1
0
The DLIMIT1 and DLIMIT2 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See Section 8.3.
Bits 7 to 0: DPLL Hard Frequency Limit (HARDLIM[7:0]). The full 10-bit HARDLIM[9:0] field spans this register
and DLIMIT2. HARDLIM is an unsigned integer that specifies the hard frequency limit or pull-in/hold-in range of the
T0 DPLL. When frequency limit detection is enabled by setting FLLOL = 1 in the DLIMIT3 register, if the DPLL
frequency exceeds the hard limit then the DPLL declares loss-of-lock. The hard frequency limit in ppm is
±HARDLIM[9:0] x 0.078. The default value is normally ±9.2ppm. If external reference switching mode is enabled
during reset (see Section 7.6.5), the default value is configured to ±79.794ppm (3FFh). See Section 7.7.6.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
DLIMIT2
DPLL Frequency Limit Register 2
42h
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
—
0
Bit 1
Bit 0
HARDLIM[9:8]
0
0
Bits 1 to 0: DPLL Hard Frequency Limit (HARDLIM[9:8]). See the DLIMIT1 register description.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
89 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
IC8
0
IER1
Interrupt Enable Register 1
43h
Bit 6
IC7
0
Bit 5
IC6
0
Bit 4
IC5
0
Bit 3
IC4
0
Bit 2
IC3
0
Bit 1
IC2
0
Bit 0
IC1
0
Bits 7 to 0: Interrupt Enable for Input Clock Status Change (IC8 to IC1). Each of these bits is an interrupt
enable control for the corresponding bit in the MSR1 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
STATE
0
IER2
Interrupt Enable Register 2
44h
Bit 6
SRFAIL
0
Bit 5
IC14
0
Bit 4
IC13
0
Bit 3
IC12
0
Bit 2
IC11
0
Bit 1
IC10
0
Bit 0
IC9
0
Bit 7: Interrupt Enable for T0 DPLL State Change (STATE). This bit is an interrupt enable for the STATE bit in
the MSR2 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 6: Interrupt Enable for Selected Reference Failed (SRFAIL). This bit is an interrupt enable for the SRFAIL bit
in the MSR2 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bits 5 to 0: Interrupt Enable for Input Clock Status Change (IC14 to IC9). Each of these bits is an interrupt
enable control for the corresponding bit in the MSR2 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
90 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
FSMON
0
IER3
Interrupt Enable Register 3
45h
Bit 6
T4LOCK
0
Bit 5
PHMON
0
Bit 4
T4NOIN
0
Bit 3
AMI2
0
Bit 2
LOS2
0
Bit 1
AMI1
0
Bit 0
LOS1
0
Bit 7: Interrupt Enable for Frame Sync Input Monitor Alarm (FSMON). This bit is an interrupt enable for the
FSMON bit in the MSR3 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 6: Interrupt Enable for T4 DPLL Lock Status Change (T4LOCK). This bit is an interrupt enable for the
T4LOCK bit in the MSR3 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 5: Interrupt Enable for Phase Monitor Alarm (PHMON). This bit is an interrupt enable for the PHMON bit in
the MSR3 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 4: Interrupt Enable for T4 No Valid Inputs Alarm (T4NOIN). This bit is an interrupt enable for the T4NOIN bit
in the MSR3 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 3: Interrupt Enable for AMI Violation on IC2 (AMI2). This bit is an interrupt enable for the AMI2 bit in the
MSR3 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 2: Interrupt Enable for LOS Error on IC2 (LOS2). This bit is an interrupt enable for the LOS2 bit in the MSR3
register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 1: Interrupt Enable for AMI Violation on IC1 (AMI1). This bit is an interrupt enable for the AMI1 bit in the
MSR3 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 0: Interrupt Enable for LOS Error on IC1 (LOS1). This bit is an interrupt enable for the LOS1 bit in the MSR3
register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
91 of 150
DS3101
DIVN1
DIVN Register 1
46h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
1
1
1
Bit 4
Bit 3
DIVN[7:0]
1
1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
1
1
The DIVN1 and DIVN2 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See Section 8.3.
Bits 7 to 0: DIVN Factor (DIVN[7:0]). The full 15-bit DIVN[14:0] field spans this register and DIVN2. This field
contains the integer value used to divide the frequency of input clocks that are configured for DIVN mode (DIVN =
1 in registers ICR1 through ICR14). The frequency is divided by DIVN[14:0] + 1.
DIVN mode supports a maximum input frequency of 155.52MHz; therefore, the maximum value of DIVN[14:0] is
19,439 (i.e., 155.52MHz / 8kHz - 1). Performance with DIVN values greater than 19,439 is undefined. See Section
7.4.2.3.
DIVN2
DIVN Register 2
47h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
0
1
1
Bit 3
DIVN[14:8]
1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
1
1
Bits 5 to 0: DIVN Factor (DIVN [14:8]). See the DIVN1 register description.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
92 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
FMONCLK
0
MCR10
Master Configuration Register 10
48h
Bit 6
SRFPIN
0
Bit 5
UFSW
0
Bit 4
EXTSW
see below
Bit 3
PBOFRZ
0
Bit 2
PBOEN
1
Bit 1
SOFTEN
0
Bit 0
HARDEN
1
Bit 7: Frequency Monitor Clock Source (FMONCLK). This bit specifies the clock source for the input clock
frequency monitors.
0 = T0 DPLL output
1 = Internal master clock
Bit 6: SRFAIL Pin Enable (SRFPIN). When this bit is set to 1, the SRFAIL pin is enabled. When enabled the
SRFAIL pin follows the state of the SRFAIL status bit in the MSR2 register. This gives the system a very fast
indication of the failure of the current reference. See Section 7.5.3.
0 = SRFAIL pin disabled (low)
1 = SRFAIL pin enabled
Bit 5: Ultra-Fast Switching Mode (UFSW). See Section 7.6.4.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled. The current reference source is disqualified after less than three missing clock cycles.
Bit 4: External Reference Switching Mode (EXTSW). This bit enables external reference switching mode. In this
mode, if the SRCSW pin is high the T0 DPLL is forced to lock to input IC3 (if the priority of IC3 is nonzero) or IC5 (if
the priority of IC3 is zero) whether or not the selected input has a valid reference signal. If the SRCSW pin is low
the device is forced to lock to input IC4 (if the priority of IC4 is nonzero) or IC6 (if the priority of IC4 is zero) whether
or not the selected input has a valid reference signal. During reset the default value of this bit is latched from the
SRCSW pin. This mode only controls the T0 DPLL. The T4 DPLL is not affected. See Section 7.6.5.
0 = Normal operation
1 = External switching mode
Bit 3: Phase Build-Out Freeze (PBOFRZ). This bit freezes the current input-output phase relationship and does
not allow further phase build-out events to occur. This bit affects phase build-out in response to input transients
(Section 7.7.7.2) and phase build-out during reference switching (Section 7.7.7.3).
0 = Not frozen
1 = Frozen
Bit 2: Phase Build-Out Enable (PBOEN). When this bit is set to 1 a phase build-out event occurs every time the
T0 DPLL changes to a new reference, including exiting the holdover and free-run states. When this bit is set to 0,
the T0 DPLL locks to the new source with zero degrees of phase difference. See Section 7.7.7.
When the device is in slave mode (MASTSLV pin = 0) values written to this field are latched, but the value read is
always 0 to indicate that the device is forced to have phase build-out disabled. See Section 7.9.1.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Bit 1: Soft Frequency Alarm Enable (SOFTEN). This bit enables input clock frequency monitoring with the soft
alarm limits set in the ILIMIT and SRLIMIT registers. Soft alarms are reported in the SOFT status bits of the ISR
registers. See Section 7.5.1.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Bit 0: Hard Frequency Limit Enable (HARDEN). This bit enables input clock frequency monitoring with the hard
alarm limits set in the ILIMIT and SRLIMIT registers. Hard alarms are reported in the HARD status bits of the ISR
registers. See Section 7.5.1.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
93 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit 7
Name
Default
0
ILIMIT
Input Clock Frequency Limit Register
49h
Bit 6
Bit 5
SOFT[3:0]
0
1
Bit 4
Bit 3
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
HARD[3:0]
0
1
Bit 0
1
Bits 7 to 4: Soft Frequency Alarm Limit (SOFT[3:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that specifies the soft
frequency alarm limit for all input clocks except the T0 DPLL’s selected reference. The soft limit for the selected
reference is specified by SRLIMIT:SOFT[3:0]. The soft alarm limit is only used for monitoring; soft alarms do not
invalidate input clocks. The limit in ppm is ±(SOFT[3:0] + 1) x 3.81. The default limit is ±11.43ppm. Soft alarms are
reported in the SOFT status bits of the ISR registers. See Section 7.5.1.
Bits 3 to 0: Hard Frequency Alarm Limit (HARD[3:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that specifies the hard
frequency alarm limit for all input clocks except the T0 DPLL’s selected reference. The hard limit for the selected
reference is specified by SRLIMIT:HARD[3:0]. Hard alarms invalidate input clocks. The limit in ppm is ±(HARD[3:0]
+ 1) x 3.81. The default limit is ±15.24ppm. Hard alarms are reported in the HARD status bits of the ISR registers.
See Section 7.5.1.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit 7
Name
Default
0
SRLIMIT
Selected Reference Frequency Limit Register
4Ah
Bit 6
Bit 5
SOFT[3:0]
0
1
Bit 4
Bit 3
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
HARD[3:0]
0
1
Bit 0
1
Bits 7 to 4: Soft Frequency Alarm Limit (SOFT[3:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that specifies the soft
frequency alarm limit for the T0 DPLL’s selected reference. The soft limit for all other input clocks is specified by
ILIMIT:SOFT[3:0]. The soft alarm limit is only used for monitoring; soft alarms do not invalidate input clocks. The
limit in ppm is ±(SOFT[3:0] + 1) x 3.81. The default limit is ±11.43ppm. Soft alarms are reported in the SOFT status
bits of the ISR registers. See Section 7.5.1.
Bits 3 to 0: Hard Frequency Alarm Limit (HARD[3:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that specifies the hard
frequency alarm limit for the T0 DPLL’s selected reference. The hard limit for all other input clocks is specified by
ILIMIT:HARD[3:0]. Hard alarms invalidate input clocks. The limit in ppm is ±(HARD[3:0] + 1) x 3.81. The default
limit is ±15.24ppm. Hard alarms are reported in the HARD status bits of the ISR registers. See Section 7.5.1.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
94 of 150
DS3101
MCR11
Master Configuration Register 11
4Bh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
T4T0
0
Bit 3
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
FMEASIN[3:0]
0
0
Bit 0
0
Bit 4: T4 or T0 Path Select (T4T0). This bit specifies which path is being accessed when reads or writes are made
to the following registers: PTAB1, PTAB2, FREQ1, FREQ2, FREQ3, IPR1 to IPR7, PHASE1, and PHASE2.
0 = T0 path
1 = T4 path
Bits 3 to 0: Frequency Measurement Input Select (FMEASIN[3:0]). This field specifies the input clock for the
frequency measurement reported in the FMEAS register. See Section 7.5.1.
0000 = {unused value}
0001 = IC1
0010 = IC2
0011 = IC3
0100 = IC4
0101 = IC5
0110 = IC6
0111 = IC7
1000 = IC8
1001 = IC9
1010 = IC10
1011 = IC11
1100 = IC12
1101 = IC13
1110 = IC14
1111 = {unused value}
FMEAS
Frequency Measurement Register
4Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
FMEAS[7:0]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Measured Frequency (FMEAS[7:0]). This read-only field indicates the measured frequency of the
input clock specified in the FMEASIN field of the MCR11 register. FMEAS is a two’s-complement signed integer
that expresses the frequency as an offset with respect to the frequency monitor clock (either the internal master
clock or the output of the T0 DPLL, depending on the setting of the FMONCLK bit in the MCR10 register). The
measured frequency is FMEAS[7:0] x 3.81ppm. See Section 7.5.1.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
95 of 150
DS3101
DLIMIT3
DPLL Frequency Limit Register 3
4Dh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
FLLOL
1
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
0
0
0
Bit 3
SOFTLIM[6:0]
1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
1
0
Bit 7: Frequency Limit Loss of Lock (FLLOL). When this bit is set to 1, the T0 and T4 DPLLs internally declare
loss-of-lock when their hard limits are reached. The T0 DPLL hard frequency limit is set in the HARDLIM[9:0] field
in the DLIMIT1 and DLIMIT2 registers. The T4 DPLL hard frequency limit is fixed at ±80ppm.See Section 7.7.6.
0 = DPLL declares loss-of-lock normally
1 = DPLL also declares loss-of-lock when the hard frequency limit is reached
Bits 6 to 0: DPLL Soft Frequency Limit (SOFTLIM6:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that specifies the soft
frequency limit for the T0 and T4 DPLLs. The soft limit is only used for monitoring; exceeding this limit does not
cause loss-of-lock. The limit in ppm is ±SOFTLIM[6:0] x 0.628. The default value is ±8.79ppm. When the T0 DPLL
frequency exceeds the soft limit the T0SOFT status bit is set in the OPSTATE register. When the T4 DPLL
frequency exceeds the soft limit the T4SOFT status bit is set in OPSTATE. See Section 7.7.6.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
96 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
FHORDY
0
IER4
Interrupt Enable Register 4
4Eh
Bit 6
SHORDY
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
IC2NO4
0
Bit 2
IC1NO4
0
Bit 1
IC2NO8
0
Bit 0
IC1NO8
0
Bit 7: Interrupt Enable for Fast Holdover Frequency Ready (FHORDY). This bit is an interrupt enable for the
FHORDY bit in the MSR4 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 6: Interrupt Enable for Slow Holdover Frequency Ready (SHORDY). This bit is an interrupt enable for the
SHORDY bit in the MSR4 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 3: Interrupt Enable for Input Clock 2 Has No 400Hz Component (IC2NO4). This bit is an interrupt enable for
the IC2NO4 bit in the MSR4 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 2: Interrupt Enable for Input Clock 1 Has No 400Hz Component (IC1NO4). This bit is an interrupt enable for
the IC1NO4 bit in the MSR4 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 1: Interrupt Enable for Input Clock 2 Has No 8kHz Component (IC2NO8). This bit is an interrupt enable for
the IC2NO8 bit in the MSR4 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
Bit 0: Interrupt Enable for Input Clock 1 Has No 8kHz Component (IC1NO8). This bit is an interrupt enable for
the IC1NO8 bit in the MSR4 register.
0 = Mask the interrupt
1 = Enable the interrupt
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
97 of 150
DS3101
LB0U
Leaky Bucket 0 Upper Threshold Register
50h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
LB0U[7:0]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
1
0
Bits 7 to 0: Leaky Bucket 0 Upper Threshold (LB0U[7:0]). When the leaky bucket accumulator is equal to the
value stored in this field, the activity monitor declares an activity alarm by setting the input clock’s ACT bit in the
appropriate ISR register. Registers LB0U, LB0L, LB0S, and LB0D together specify leaky bucket configuration 0.
See Section 7.5.2.
LB0L
Leaky Bucket 0 Lower Threshold Register
51h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
LB0L[7:0]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Leaky Bucket 0 Lower Threshold (LB0L[7:0]). When the leaky bucket accumulator is equal to the
value stored in this field, the activity monitoring logic clears the activity alarm (if previously declared) by clearing the
input clock’s ACT bit in the appropriate ISR register. Registers LB0U, LB0L, LB0S, and LB0D together specify
leaky bucket configuration 0. See Section 7.5.2.
LB0S
Leaky Bucket 0 Size Register
52h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
LB0S[7:0]
0
1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Leaky Bucket 0 Size (LB0S[7:0]). This field specifies the maximum value of the leaky bucket. The
accumulator cannot increment past this value. Registers LB0U, LB0L, LB0S, and LB0D together specify leaky
bucket configuration 0. See Section 7.5.2.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
98 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
LB0D
Leaky Bucket 0 Decay Rate Register
53h
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
—
0
Bit 1
Bit 0
LB0D[1:0]
0
1
Bits 1 to 0: Leaky Bucket 0 Decay Rate (LB0D[1:0]). This field specifies the decay or “leak” rate of the leaky
bucket accumulator. For each period of 1, 2, 4, or 8 128ms intervals in which no irregularities are detected on the
input clock, the accumulator decrements by 1. Registers LB0U, LB0L, LB0S, and LB0D together specify leaky
bucket configuration 0. See Section 7.5.2.
00 = decrement every 128ms (8 units/second)
01 = decrement every 256ms (4 units/second)
10 = decrement every 512ms (2 units/second)
11 = decrement every 1024ms (1 unit/second)
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
99 of 150
DS3101
LB1U, LB2U, LB3U
Leaky Bucket 1/2/3 Upper Threshold Register
54h, 58h, 5Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
LBxU[7:0]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
1
0
Bits 7 to 0: Leaky Bucket ‘x’ Upper Threshold (LBxU[7:0]). See the LB0U register description.
Registers LB1U, LB1L, LB1S, and LB1D together specify leaky bucket configuration 1.
Registers LB2U, LB2L, LB2S, and LB2D together specify leaky bucket configuration 2.
Registers LB3U, LB3L, LB3S, and LB3D together specify leaky bucket configuration 3.
LB1L, LB2L, LB3L
Leaky Bucket 1/2/3 Lower Threshold Register
55h, 59h, 5Dh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
LBxL[7:0]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Leaky Bucket ‘x’ Lower Threshold (LBxL[7:0]). See the LB0L register description.
Registers LB1U, LB1L, LB1S, and LB1D together specify leaky bucket configuration 1.
Registers LB2U, LB2L, LB2S, and LB2D together specify leaky bucket configuration 2.
Registers LB3U, LB3L, LB3S, and LB3D together specify leaky bucket configuration 3.
LB1S, LB2S, LB3S
Leaky Bucket 1/2/3 Size Register
56h, 5Ah, 5Eh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
LBxS[7:0]
0
1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Leaky Bucket ‘x’ Size (LBxS[7:0]). See the LB0S register description.
Registers LB1U, LB1L, LB1S, and LB1D together specify leaky bucket configuration 1.
Registers LB2U, LB2L, LB2S, and LB2D together specify leaky bucket configuration 2.
Registers LB3U, LB3L, LB3S, and LB3D together specify leaky bucket configuration 3.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
LB1D, LB2D, LB3D
Leaky Bucket 1/2/3 Decay Rate Register
57h, 5Bh, 5Fh
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
—
0
Bit 1
Bit 0
LBxD[1:0]
0
1
Bits 1 to 0: Leaky Bucket ‘x’ Decay Rate (LBxD[1:0]). See the LB0D register description.
Registers LB1U, LB1L, LB1S, and LB1D together configure leaky bucket algorithm 1.
Registers LB2U, LB2L, LB2S, and LB2D together configure leaky bucket algorithm 2.
Registers LB3U, LB3L, LB3S, and LB3D together configure leaky bucket algorithm 3.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
100 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit 7
Name
Default
1
OCR1
Output Configuration Register 1
60h
Bit 6
Bit 5
OFREQ2[3:0]
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
OFREQ1[3:0]
1
0
Bit 0
1
Bits 7 to 4: Output Frequency of OC2 (OFREQ2[3:0]). This field specifies the frequency of output clock OC2.
The frequencies of the T0 APLL and T4 APLL are configured in the T0CR1 and T4CR1 registers. The Digital1 and
Digital2 frequencies are configured in the MCR7 register. See Section 7.8.2.3. Note that if the T4 DPLL is
configured for 62.5MHz (T4CR1:T4FREQ = 1001) and the T4 APLL is configured to lock to the T4 DPLL
(T0CR1:T4APT0 = 0), then OFREQ2 = 1100 specifies T4 APLL frequency divided by 10 to give an output
frequency of 25MHz.
0000 = Output disabled (i.e., low)
0001 = 2kHz
0010 = 8kHz
0011 = Digital2 (see Table 7-8)
0100 = Digital1 (see Table 7-8)
0101 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 48
0110 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 16
0111 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 12
1000 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 8
1001 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 6
1010 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 4
1011 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 64
1100 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 48 (or by 10, see note above)
1101 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 16
1110 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 8
1111 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 4
Bits 3 to 0: Output Frequency of OC1 (OFREQ1[3:0]). This field specifies the frequency of output clock OC1.
The frequencies of the T0 APLL and T4 APLL are configured in the T0CR1 and T4CR1 registers. The Digital1 and
Digital2 frequencies are configured in the MCR7 register. See Section 7.8.2.3. Note that if the T4 DPLL is
configured for 62.5MHz (T4CR1:T4FREQ = 1001) and the T4 APLL is configured to lock to the T4 DPLL
(T0CR1:T4APT0 = 0), then OFREQ1 = 1100 specifies T4 APLL frequency divided by 10 to give an output
frequency of 25MHz.
0000 = Output disabled (i.e., low)
0001 = 2kHz
0010 = 8kHz
0011 = Digital2 (see Table 7-8)
0100 = Digital1 (see Table 7-8)
0101 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 48
0110 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 16
0111 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 12
1000 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 8
1001 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 6
1010 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 4
1011 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 64
1100 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 48 (or by 10, see note above)
1101 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 16
1110 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 8
1111 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 4
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
101 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit 7
Name
Default
1
OCR2
Output Configuration Register 2
61h
Bit 6
Bit 5
OFREQ4[3:0]
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
OFREQ3[3:0]
1
1
Bit 0
0
Bits 7 to 4: Output Frequency of OC4 (OFREQ4[3:0]). This field specifies the frequency of output clock OC4.
The frequencies of the T0 APLL and T4 APLL are configured in the T0CR1 and T4CR1 registers. The Digital1 and
Digital2 frequencies are configured in the MCR7 register. See Section 7.8.2.3. Note that if the T4 DPLL is
configured for 62.5MHz (T4CR1:T4FREQ = 1001) and the T4 APLL is configured to lock to the T4 DPLL
(T0CR1:T4APT0 = 0), then OFREQ4 = 1100 specifies T4 APLL frequency divided by 10 to give an output
frequency of 25MHz.
0000 = Output disabled (i.e., low)
0001 = 2kHz
0010 = 8kHz
0011 = Digital2 (see Table 7-8)
0100 = Digital1 (see Table 7-8)
0101 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 48
0110 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 16
0111 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 12
1000 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 8
1001 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 6
1010 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 4
1011 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 2
1100 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 48 (or by 10, see note above)
1101 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 16
1110 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 8
1111 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 4
Bits 3 to 0: Output Frequency of OC3 (OFREQ3[3:0]). This field specifies the frequency of output clock OC3.
The frequencies of the T0 APLL and T4 APLL are configured in the T0CR1 and T4CR1 registers. The Digital1 and
Digital2 frequencies are configured in the MCR7 register. See Section 7.8.2.3. Note that if the T4 DPLL is
configured for 62.5MHz (T4CR1:T4FREQ = 1001) and the T4 APLL is configured to lock to the T4 DPLL
(T0CR1:T4APT0 = 0), then OFREQ3 = 1100 specifies T4 APLL frequency divided by 10 to give an output
frequency of 25MHz.
0000 = Output disabled (i.e., low)
0001 = 2kHz
0010 = 8kHz
0011 = Digital2 (see Table 7-8)
0100 = Digital1 (see Table 7-8)
0101 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 48
0110 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 16
0111 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 12
1000 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 8
1001 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 6
1010 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 4
1011 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 64
1100 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 48 (or by 10, see note above)
1101 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 16
1110 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 8
1111 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 4
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
102 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit 7
Name
Default
1
OCR3
Output Configuration Register 3
62h
Bit 6
Bit 5
OFREQ6[3:0]
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
0
1
Bit 2
Bit 1
OFREQ5[3:0]
0
1
Bit 0
0
Bits 7 to 4: Output Frequency of OC6 (OFREQ6[3:0]). This field specifies the frequency of output clock output
OC6. The frequencies of the T0 APLL and T4 APLL are configured in the T0CR1 and T4CR1 registers. The
Digital1 and Digital2 frequencies are configured in the MCR7 register. See Section 7.8.2.3. Note that if the T4
DPLL is configured for 62.5MHz (T4CR1:T4FREQ = 1001) and the T4 APLL is configured to lock to the T4 DPLL
(T0CR1:T4APT0 = 0), then OFREQ6 = 1100 specifies T4 APLL frequency divided by 10 to give an output
frequency of 25MHz.
0000 = Output disabled (i.e., low)
0001 = 2kHz
0010 = 8kHz
0011 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 2
0100 = Digital1 (see Table 7-8)
0101 = T0 APLL frequency
0110 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 16
0111 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 12
1000 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 8
1001 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 6
1010 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 4
1011 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 64
1100 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 48 (or by 10, see note above)
1101 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 16
1110 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 8
1111 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 4
Bits 3 to 0: Output Frequency of OC5 (OFREQ5[3:0]). This field specifies the frequency of output clock OC5.
The frequencies of the T0 APLL and T4 APLL are configured in the T0CR1 and T4CR1 registers. The Digital1 and
Digital2 frequencies are configured in the MCR7 register. See Section 7.8.2.3. Note that if the T4 DPLL is
configured for 62.5MHz (T4CR1:T4FREQ = 1001) and the T4 APLL is configured to lock to the T4 DPLL
(T0CR1:T4APT0 = 0), then OFREQ5 = 1100 specifies T4 APLL frequency divided by 10 to give an output
frequency of 25MHz.
0000 = Output disabled (i.e., low)
0001 = 2kHz
0010 = 8kHz
0011 = Digital2 (see Table 7-8)
0100 = Digital1 (see Table 7-8)
0101 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 48
0110 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 16
0111 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 12
1000 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 8
1001 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 6
1010 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 4
1011 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 2
1100 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 48 (or by 10, see note above)
1101 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 16
1110 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 8
1111 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 4
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
103 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
OC11EN
1
OCR4
Output Configuration Register 4
63h
Bit 6
OC10EN
1
Bit 5
OC9EN
1
Bit 4
OC8EN
1
Bit 3
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
OFREQ7[3:0]
1
1
Bit 0
0
Bit 7: OC11 Enable (OC11EN). This configuration bit enables the 2kHz output on OC11. See Section 7.8.2.5.
0 = Disabled (low)
1 = Enabled
Bit 6: OC10 Enable (OC10EN). This configuration bit enables the 8kHz output on OC10. See Section 7.8.2.5.
0 = Disabled (low)
1 = Enabled
Bit 5: OC9 Enable (OC9EN). This configuration bit enables the 1.544/2.048MHz output on OC9. See Section
7.8.2.4.
0 = Disabled (low)
1 = Enabled
Bit 4: OC8 Enable (OC8EN). This configuration bit enables OC8 to transmit a 64kHz composite clock signal. See
Sections 7.8.2.4 and 7.10.2.
0 = Disabled (high impedance)
1 = Enabled
Bits 3 to 0: Output Frequency of OC7 (OFREQ7[3:0]). This field specifies the frequency of output clock output
OC7. The frequencies of the T0 APLL and T4 APLL are configured in the T0CR1 and T4CR1 registers. The
Digital1 and Digital2 frequencies are configured in the MCR7 register. See Section 7.8.2.3. Note that if the T4
DPLL is configured for 62.5MHz (T4CR1:T4FREQ = 1001) and the T4 APLL is configured to lock to the T4 DPLL
(T0CR1:T4APT0 = 0), then OFREQ7 = 1100 specifies T4 APLL frequency divided by 10 to give an output
frequency of 25MHz.
0000 = Output disabled (i.e., low)
0001 = 2kHz
0010 = 8kHz
0011 = Digital2 (see Table 7-8)
0100 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 2
0101 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 48
0110 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 16
0111 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 12
1000 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 8
1001 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 6
1010 = T0 APLL frequency divided by 4
1011 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 64
1100 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 48 (or by 10, see note above)
1101 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 16
1110 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 8
1111 = T4 APLL frequency divided by 4
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
104 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
T4CR1
T4 DPLL Configuration Register 1
64h
Bit 6
ASQUEL
0
Bit 5
OC8DUTY
0
Bit 4
OC9SON
see below
Bit 3
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
T4FREQ[3:0]
0
0
Bit 0
1
Bit 6: Auto-Squelch (ASQUEL). When outputs OC8 and OC9 are sourced from the T4 DPLL (MCR4:OC89 = 0),
this configuration bit enables automatic squelching of OC8 and OC9 whenever T4 has no valid input references.
When an output is squelched it is forced low. See Section 7.8.2.4.
0 = Disable automatic squelching
1 = Enable automatic squelching of OC8 and OC9 when T4 has no valid input references
Bit 5: OC8 Duty Cycle (OC8DUTY). See Section 7.10.2.
0 = 50% duty cycle
1 = 5/8 duty cycle
Bit 4: OC9 SONET/SDH (OC9SON). When MCR4:OC89 = 0, this bit controls the frequency of clock output OC9.
When OC89 = 1, this bit ignored and the frequency of OC9 is controlled by the SONSDH bit in MCR3. During reset
the default value of this bit is latched from the SONSDH pin. See Section 7.8.2.4.
0 = 2048kHz (SDH)
1 = 1544kHz (SONET)
Bits 3 to 0: T4 DPLL Frequency (T4FREQ[3:0]). This field configures the T4 DPLL frequency. The T4 DPLL
frequency can affect the frequency of the T4 APLL, which in turn affects the available output frequencies on clock
outputs OC1 to OC7 (see registers OCR1 to OCR4). Optionally the T4 DPLL can be disabled and the T4 APLL can
be locked to the T0 DPLL (see the T4APT0 bit in the T0CR1 register). See Section 7.8.2.
0000 =
0001 =
0010 =
0011 =
0100 =
0101 =
0110 =
0111 =
1000 =
1001 =
1010–1111 =
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
T4 DPLL FREQUENCY
Disabled
77.76MHz
24.576MHz (12 x E1)
32.768MHz (16 x E1)
37.056MHz (24 x DS1)
24.704MHz (16 x DS1)
68.736MHz (2 x E3)
44.736MHz (DS3)
25.248MHz (4 x 6312 kHz)
62.500MHz (GbE ÷ 16)
{unused values}
T4 APLL FREQUENCY
Depends on state of T4APT0 in T0CR1 register
311.04MHz (4 x T4 DPLL)
98.304MHz (4 x T4 DPLL)
131.072MHz (4 x T4 DPLL)
148.224MHz (4 x T4 DPLL)
98.816MHz (4 x T4 DPLL)
274.944MHz (4 x T4 DPLL)
178.944MHz (4 x T4 DPLL)
100.992MHz (4 x T4 DPLL)
250.000MHz (4 x T4 DPLL)
{unused values}
105 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
T4MT0
0
T0CR1
T0 DPLL Configuration Register 1
65h
Bit 6
T4APT0
0
Bit 5
0
Bit 4
T0FT4[2:0]
0
Bit 3
Bit 2
0
0
Bit 1
T0FREQ[2:0]
0
Bit 0
1
Bit 7: T4 Measure T0 Phase (T4MT0). When this bit is set to 1 the T4 path is disabled, and the T4 phase detector
is configured to measure the phase difference between the selected T0 DPLL input clock and the selected T4
DPLL input clock. See Section 7.7.10.
0 = Normal operation for the T4 path
1 = Enable T4-measure-T0-phase mode
Bit 6: T4 APLL Source from T0 (T4APT0). When this bit is set to 1 the T4 output APLL locks to the T0 LF output
DFS rather than the T4 forward DFS. The T0FT4[1:0] field (below) specifies the T0 DPLL frequency. See Section
7.8.2.
0 = T4 APLL locks to T4 DPLL
1 = T4 APLL locks to T0 DPLL
Bits 5 to 3: T0 Frequency to T4 APLL (T0FT4[2:0]). This field specifies the frequency provided from the T0 LF
output DFS to the T4 output APLL when the T4APT0 bit is set to 1. This frequency can be different than the
frequency specified by T0CR1:T0FREQ. Values not listed below are unused. See Section 7.8.2.
000 =
010 =
100 =
110 =
111 =
T0 DPLL FREQUENCY
24.576MHz (12 x E1)
32.768MHz (16 x E1)
37.056MHz (24 x DS1)
24.704MHz (16 x DS1)
25.248MHz (4 x 6312 kHz)
T4 APLL FREQUENCY
98.304MHz (4 x T0 DPLL)
131.072MHz (4 x T0 DPLL)
148.224MHz (4 x T0 DPLL)
98.816MHz (4 x T0 DPLL)
100.992MHz (4 x T0 DPLL)
Bits 2 to 0: T0 DPLL Frequency (T0FREQ[2:0]). This field configures the T0 DPLL output frequency that is
passed to the T0 Output APLL. The T0 DPLL output frequency affects the frequency of the T0 Output APLL, which
in turn affects the available output frequencies on clock outputs OC1 to OC7 (see registers OCR1 to OCR4). See
Section 7.8.2.
000 =
001 =
010 =
011 =
100 =
101 =
110 =
111 =
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
T0 DPLL FREQUENCY
77.76MHz, digital feedback
77.76MHz, analog feedback
24.576MHz (12 x E1)
32.768MHz (16 x E1)
37.056MHz (24 x DS1)
24.704MHz (16 x DS1)
25.248MHz (4 x 6312 kHz)
{unused value}
T0 APLL FREQUENCY
311.04MHz (4 x T0 DPLL)
311.04MHz (4 x T0 DPLL)
98.304MHz (4 x T0 DPLL)
131.072MHz (4 x T0 DPLL)
148.224MHz (4 x T0 DPLL)
98.816MHz (4 x T0 DPLL)
100.992MHz (4 x T0 DPLL)
{unused value}
106 of 150
DS3101
T4BW
T4 Bandwidth Register
66h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
—
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
0
1
Bit 2
T0LBW[4:0]
0
Bit 1
Bit 0
T4BW[1:0]
0
0
Bits 1 to 0: T4 DPLL Bandwidth (T4BW[1:0]). See Section 7.7.3.
00 = 18Hz
01 = 35Hz
10 = 70Hz
11 = {unused value}
T0LBW
T0 Locked Bandwidth Register
67h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
1
Bits 4 to 0: T0 DPLL Locked Bandwidth (T0LBW[4:0]). This field configures the bandwidth of the T0 DPLL when
locked to an input clock. When AUTOBW = 0 in the MCR9 register, the T0LBW bandwidth is used for acquisition
and for locked operation. When AUTOBW = 1, T0ABW bandwidth is used for acquisition while T0LBW bandwidth
is used for locked operation. See Section 7.7.3.
00000 = 0.5mHz
00001 = 1mHz
00010 = 2mHz
00011 = 4mHz
00100 = 8mHz
00101 = 15mHz
00110 = 30mHz
00111 = 60mHz
01000 = 0.1Hz
01001 = 0.3Hz
01010 = 0.6Hz
01011 = 1.2Hz
01100 = 2.5Hz
01101 = 4Hz
01110 = 8Hz
01111 = 18Hz
10000 = 35Hz
10001 = 70Hz
10010 to 11111 = {unused values}
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
107 of 150
DS3101
T0ABW
T0 Acquisition Bandwidth Register
69h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
0
1
Bit 2
T0ABW[4:0]
1
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
1
Bits 4 to 0: T0 DPLL Acquisition Bandwidth (T0ABW[4:0]). This field configures the bandwidth of the T0 DPLL
when acquiring lock. When AUTOBW = 0 in the MCR9 register, the T0LBW bandwidth is used for is used for
acquisition and for locked operation. When AUTOBW = 1, T0ABW bandwidth is used for acquisition while T0LBW
bandwidth is used for locked operation. See Section 7.7.3.
00000 = 0.5mHz
00001 = 1mHz
00010 = 2mHz
00011 = 4mHz
00100 = 8mHz
00101 = 15mHz
00110 = 30mHz
00111 = 60mHz
01000 = 0.1Hz
01001 = 0.3Hz
01010 = 0.6Hz
01011 = 1.2Hz
01100 = 2.5Hz
01101 = 4Hz
01110 = 8Hz
01111 = 18Hz
10000 = 35Hz
10001 = 70Hz
10010 to 11111 = {unused values}
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
108 of 150
DS3101
T4CR2
T4 Configuration Register 2
6Ah
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit 7
—
0
Name
Default
Bit 6
0
Bit 5
PD2GA8K[2:0]
0
Bit 4
1
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
0
Bit 1
DAMP[2:0]
1
Bit 0
1
Bits 6 to 4: Phase Detector 2 Gain, Analog Feedback, 8kHz (PD2GA8K[2:0]). This field specifies the gain of the
T4 phase detector 2 in analog feedback mode with an input clock of 8 kHz or less. This value is only used if
automatic gain selection is enabled by setting PD2EN = 1 in the T4CR3 register. Analog vs. digital feedback mode
is specified in MCR4:T4DFB. See Section 7.7.5.
Bits 2 to 0: Damping Factor (DAMP[2:0]). This field configures the damping factor of the T4 DPLL. Damping
factor is a function of both DAMP[2:0] and the T4 DPLL bandwidth (T4BW register). The default value corresponds
to a damping factor of 5. See Section 7.7.4.
001 =
010 =
011 =
100 =
101 =
18Hz
1.2
2.5
5
5
5
35Hz
1.2
2.5
5
10
10
70Hz
1.2
2.5
5
10
20
000, 110, and 111 = {unused values}
The gain peak for each damping factor is shown below:
DAMPING
FACTOR
1.2
2.5
5
10
20
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
GAIN PEAK
(dB)
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.06
0.03
109 of 150
DS3101
T0CR2
T0 Configuration Register 2
6Bh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Bit 7
—
0
Name
Default
Bit 6
0
Bit 5
PD2GA8K[2:0]
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
—
0
1
Bit 2
0
Bit 1
DAMP[2:0]
1
Bit 0
1
Bits 6 to 4: Phase Detector 2 Gain, Analog Feedback, 8kHz (PD2GA8K[2:0]). This field specifies the gain of the
T0 phase detector 2 in analog feedback mode with an input clock of 8kHz or less. This value is only used if
automatic gain selection is enabled by setting PD2EN = 1 in the T0CR3 register. Analog vs. digital feedback mode
is specified in T0CR1:T0FREQ[2:0]. See Section 7.7.5.
Bits 2 to 0: Damping Factor (DAMP[2:0]). This field configures the damping factor of the T0 DPLL. Damping
factor is a function of both DAMP[2:0] and the T0 DPLL bandwidth (T0ABW and T0LBW). The default value
corresponds to a damping factor of 5. See Section 7.7.4.
001 =
010 =
011 =
100 =
101 =
≤ 4Hz
5
5
5
5
5
8Hz
2.5
5
5
5
5
18Hz
1.2
2.5
5
5
5
35Hz
1.2
2.5
5
10
10
70Hz
1.2
2.5
5
10
20
000, 110, and 111 = {unused values}
The gain peak for each damping factor is shown below:
DAMPING
FACTOR
1.2
2.5
5
10
20
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
GAIN PEAK
(dB)
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.06
0.03
110 of 150
DS3101
T4CR3
T4 Configuration Register 3
6Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
PD2EN
1
Bit 6
1
Bit 5
PD2GA[2:0]
0
Bit 4
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
0
Bit 1
PD2GD[2:0]
1
Bit 0
0
Bit 7: Phase Detector 2 Gain Enable (PD2EN). When this bit is set to 1, the T4 phase detector 2 is enabled and
the gain is determined by the feedback mode. In digital feedback mode, the gain is set by the PD2GD field. In
analog feedback mode the gain is set by the PD2GA field if the input clock frequency is greater than 8kHz or by the
PD2GA8K field in the T4CR2 register is the input clock frequency is less than or equal to 8kHz. Analog vs. digital
feedback mode is specified in MCR4:T4DFB. See Section 7.7.5.
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Bits 6 to 4: Phase Detector 2 Gain, Analog Feedback (PD2GA[2:0]). This field specifies the gain of the T4
phase detector 2 in analog feedback mode with an input clock frequency greater than 8kHz. This value is only used
if automatic gain selection is enabled by setting PD2EN = 1. Analog vs. digital feedback mode is specified in
MCR4:T4DFB. See Section 7.7.5.
Bits 2 to 0: Phase Detector 2 Gain, Digital Feedback (PD2GD[2:0]). This field specifies the gain of the T4 phase
detector 2 in digital feedback mode. This value is only used if automatic gain selection is enabled by setting PD2EN
= 1. Analog vs. digital feedback mode is specified in MCR4:T4DFB. See Section 7.7.5.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
111 of 150
DS3101
T0CR3
T0 Configuration Register 3
6Dh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
PD2EN
1
Bit 6
1
Bit 5
PD2GA[2:0]
0
Bit 4
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
0
Bit 1
PD2GD[2:0]
1
Bit 0
0
Bit 7: Phase Detector 2 Gain Enable (PD2EN). When this bit is set to 1, the T0 phase detector 2 is enabled and
the gain is determined by the feedback mode. In digital feedback mode, the gain is set by the PD2GD field. In
analog feedback mode the gain is set by the PD2GA field if the input clock is greater than 8kHz or by the
PD2GA8K field in the T0CR2 register if the input clock frequency is less than or equal to 8kHz. Analog vs. digital
feedback mode is specified in T0CR1:T0FREQ[2:0]. See Section 7.7.5.
0 = Disable
1 = Enable
Bits 6 to 4: Phase Detector 2 Gain, Analog Feedback (PD2GA[2:0]). This field specifies the gain of the T0
phase detector 2 in analog feedback mode with an input clock frequency greater than 8kHz. This value is only used
if automatic gain selection is enabled by setting PD2EN = 1. Analog vs. digital feedback mode is specified in
T0CR1:T0FREQ[2:0]. See Section 7.7.5.
Bits 2 to 0: Phase Detector 2 Gain, Digital Feedback (PD2GD[2:0]). This field specifies the gain of the T0 phase
detector 2 in digital feedback mode. This value is only used if automatic gain selection is enabled by setting PD2EN
= 1. Analog vs. digital feedback mode is specified in T0CR1:T0FREQ[2:0]. See Section 7.7.5.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
112 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
GPIO4D
0
GPCR
GPIO Configuration Register
6Eh
Bit 6
GPIO3D
0
Bit 5
GPIO2D
0
Bit 4
GPIO1D
0
Bit 3
GPIO4O
0
Bit 2
GPIO3O
0
Bit 1
GPIO2O
0
Bit 0
GPIO1O
0
Bit 7: GPIO4 Direction (GPIO4D). This bit configures the data direction for the GPIO4 pin. When GPIO4 is an
input its current state can be read from GPSR:GPIO4. When GPIO4 is an output, its value is controlled by the
GPIO4O configuration bit.
0 = Input
1 = Output
Bit 6: GPIO3 Direction (GPIO3D). This bit configures the data direction for the GPIO3 pin. When GPIO3 is an
input its current state can be read from GPSR:GPIO3. When GPIO3 is an output, its value is controlled by the
GPIO3O configuration bit.
0 = Input
1 = Output
Bit 5: GPIO2 Direction (GPIO2D). This bit configures the data direction for the GPIO2 pin. When GPIO2 is an
input its current state can be read from GPSR:GPIO2. When GPIO2 is an output, its value is controlled by the
GPIO2O configuration bit.
0 = Input
1 = Output
Bit 4: GPIO1 Direction (GPIO1D). This bit configures the data direction for the GPIO1 pin. When GPIO1 is an
input its current state can be read from GPSR:GPIO1. When GPI13 is an output, its value is controlled by the
GPIO1O configuration bit.
0 = Input
1 = Output
Bit 3: GPIO4 Output Value (GPIO4O). When GPIO4 is configured as an output (GPIO4D = 1) this bit specifies the
output value.
0 = Low
1 = High
Bit 2: GPIO3 Output Value (GPIO3O). When GPIO3 is configured as an output (GPIO3D = 1) this bit specifies the
output value.
0 = Low
1 = High
Bit 1: GPIO2 Output Value (GPIO2O). When GPIO2 is configured as an output (GPIO2D = 1) this bit specifies the
output value.
0 = Low
1 = High
Bit 0: GPIO1 Output Value (GPIO1O). When GPIO1 is configured as an output (GPIO1D = 1) this bit specifies the
output value.
0 = Low
1 = High
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
113 of 150
DS3101
GPSR
GPIO Status Register
6Fh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
GPIO4
0
Bit 2
GPIO3
0
Bit 1
GPIO2
0
Bit 0
GPIO1
0
Bit 3: GPIO4 State (GPIO4). This bit indicates the current state of the GPIO4 pin.
0 = Low
1 = High
Bit 2: GPIO3 State (GPIO3). This bit indicates the current state of the GPIO3 pin.
0 = Low
1 = High
Bit 2: GPIO2 State (GPIO2). This bit indicates the current state of the GPIO2 pin.
0 = Low
1 = High
Bit 1: GPIO1 State (GPIO1). This bit indicates the current state of the GPIO1 pin.
0 = Low
1 = High
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
114 of 150
DS3101
OFFSET1
Phase Offset Register 1
70h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
OFFSET[7:0]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
The OFFSET1 and OFFSET2 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See Section 8.3.
Bits 7 to 0: Phase Offset (OFFSET[7:0]). The full 16-bit OFFSET[15:0] field spans this register and the OFFSET2
register. OFFSET is a two’s-complement signed integer that specifies the desired phase offset between the output
clocks and the selected reference. The phase offset in picoseconds is equal to OFFSET[15:0] x
actual_internal_clock_period / 211. If the internal clock is at its nominal frequency of 77.76MHz, the phase offset
equation simplifies to OFFSET[15:0] x 6.279ps. If, however, the DPLL is locked to a reference whose frequency is
+1ppm from ideal, for example, then the actual internal clock period is 1 ppm shorter and the phase offset is 1ppm
smaller. When the OFFSET field is written, the phase of the output clocks is automatically ramped to the new offset
value to avoid loss of synchronization. To adjust the phase offset without changing the phase of the output clocks,
use the recalibration process enabled by FSCR3:RECAL. The OFFSET field is ignored when phase build-out is
enabled (PBOEN = 1 in the MCR10 register or PMPBEN = 1 in the PHMON register) and when the DPLL is not
locked. See Section 7.7.8.
OFFSET2
Phase Offset Register 2
71h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
OFFSET[15:8]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Phase Offset (OFFSET[15:8]). See the OFFSET1 register description.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
115 of 150
DS3101
PBOFF
Phase Build-Out Offset Register
72h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
Bit 4
0
0
Bit 3
Bit 2
PBOFF[5:0]
0
0
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
Bits 5 to 0: Phase Build-Out Offset Register (PBOFF[5:0]). An uncertainty of up to 5ns is introduced each time a
phase build-out event occurs. This uncertainty results in a phase hit on the output. Over a large number of phase
build-out events the mean error should be zero. The PBOFF field specifies a fixed offset for each phase build-out
event to skew the average error toward zero. This field is a two’s complement signed integer. The offset in
nanoseconds is PBOFF[5:0] x 0.101. Values greater than 1.4ns or less than -1.4ns may cause internal math errors
and should not be used. See Section 7.7.7.5.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
FLEN
1
PHLIM1
Phase Limit Register 1
73h
Bit 6
NALOL
0
Bit 5
1
1
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
0
Bit 1
FINELIM[2:0]
1
Bit 0
0
Bit 7: Fine Phase Limit Enable (FLEN). This configuration bit enables the fine phase limit specified in the
FINELIM[2:0] field. The fine limit must be disabled for multi-UI jitter tolerance (see PHLIM2 fields). This field
controls both T0 and T4. See Section 7.7.6.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Bit 6: No-Activity Loss of Lock (NALOL). The T0 and T4 DPLLs can detect that an input clock has no activity
very quickly (within two clock cycles). When NALOL = 0, loss-of-lock is not declared when clock cycles are missing,
and nearest edge locking (±180°) is used when the clock recovers. This gives tolerance to missing cycles. When
NALOL = 1, loss-of-lock is indicated as soon as no activity is detected, and the device switches to phase/frequency
locking (±360°). This field controls both T0 and T4. See Sections 7.5.3 and 7.7.6.
0 = No activity does not trigger loss-of-lock
1 = No activity does trigger loss-of-lock
Bit 5: Leave set to 1 (test control).
Bits 2 to 0: Fine Phase Limit (FINELIM[2:0]). This field specifies the fine phase limit window, outside of which
loss-of-lock is declared. The FLEN bit enables this feature. The phase of the input clock has to be inside the fine
limit window for two seconds before phase lock is declared. Loss-of-lock is declared immediately if the phase of the
input clock is outside the phase limit window. The default value of 010 is appropriate for most situations. This field
controls both T0 and T4. See Section 7.7.6.
000 = Always indicates loss of phase lock—do not use
001 = Small phase limit window, ±45 to ±90°
010 = Normal phase limit window, ±90 to ±180° (default)
100, 101, 110, 111 = Proportionately larger phase limit window
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
116 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
CLEN
1
PHLIM2
Phase Limit Register 2
74h
Bit 6
MCPDEN
0
Bit 5
USEMCPD
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
COARSELIM[3:0]
1
0
Bit 0
1
Bit 7: Coarse Phase Limit Enable (CLEN). This configuration bit enables the coarse phase limit specified in the
COARSELIM[3:0] field. This field controls both T0 and T4. See Section 7.7.6.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Bit 6: Multicycle Phase Detector Enable (MCPDEN). This configuration bit enables the multicycle phase detector
and allows the DPLL to tolerate large-amplitude jitter and wander. The range of this phase detector is the same as
the coarse phase limit specified in the COARSELIM[3:0] field. This field controls both T0 and T4. See Section
7.7.5.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Bit 5: Use Multicycle Phase Detector in the DPLL Algorithm (USEMCPD). This configuration bit enables the
DPLL algorithm to use the multicycle phase detector so that a large phase measurement drives faster DPLL pull-in.
When USEMCPD = 0, phase measurement is limited to ±360°, giving slower pull-in at higher frequencies but with
less overshoot. When USEMCPD = 1, phase measurement is set as specified in the COARSELIM[3:0] field, giving
faster pull-in. MCPDEN should be set to 1 when USEMCPD = 1. This field controls both T0 and T4. See Section
7.7.5.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Bits 3 to 0: Coarse Phase Limit (COARSELIM[3:0]). This field specifies the coarse phase limit and the tracking
range of the multicycle phase detector. The CLEN bit enables this feature. If jitter tolerance greater than 0.5UI is
required and the input clock is a high-frequency signal, the DPLL can be configured to track phase errors over
many UI using the multicycle phase detector. This field controls both T0 and T4. See Section 7.7.5 and 7.7.6.
0000 = ±1UI
0001 = ±3UI
0010 = ±7UI
0011 = ±15UI
0100 = ±31UI
0101 = ±63UI
0110 = ±127UI
0111 = ±255UI
1000 = ±511UI
1001 = ±1023UI
1010 = ±2047UI
1011 = ±4095UI
1100 to 1111 = ±8191UI
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
117 of 150
DS3101
PHMON
Phase Monitor Register
76h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
NW
0
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
PMEN
0
Bit 4
PMPBEN
0
Bit 3
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
PMLIM[3:0]
1
1
Bit 0
0
Bit 7: Low-Frequency Input Clock Noise Window (NW). For 2kHz, 4kHz, or 8kHz input clocks, this configuration
bit enables a ±5% tolerance noise window centered around the expected clock edge location. Noise-induced edges
outside this window are ignored, reducing the possibility of phase hits on the output clocks. NW should be enabled
only when the device is locked to an input and TEST1:D180 = 0.
0 = All edges are recognized by the DPLL
1 = Only edges within the ±5% tolerance window are recognized by the DPLL
Bit 5: Phase Monitor Enable (PMEN). This configuration bit enables the phase monitor, which measures the
phase error between the input clock reference and the DPLL output. When the DPLL is set for low bandwidth, a
phase transient on the input causes an immediate phase error that is gradually reduced as the DPLL tracks the
input. When the measured phase error exceeds the limit set in the PMLIM field, the phase monitor declares a
phase monitor alarm by setting MSR3:PHMON. See Section 7.7.7.
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Bit 4: Phase Monitor to Phase Build-Out Enable (PMPBEN). This bit enables phase build-out in response to
phase hits on the selected reference. See Section 7.7.7.
0 = Phase monitor alarm does not trigger a phase build-out event
1 = Phase monitor alarm does trigger a phase build-out event
Bits 3 to 0: Phase Monitor Limit (PMLIM[3:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that specifies the magnitude of
phase error that causes a phase monitor alarm to be declared (PHMON bit in the MSR3 register). The phase
monitor limit in nanoseconds is equal to (PMLIM[3:0] + 7) x 156.25, which corresponds to a range of 1094ns to
3437ns in 156.25ns steps. The phase monitor is enabled by setting PMEN = 1. See Section 7.7.7.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
118 of 150
DS3101
PHASE1
Phase Register 1
77h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
PHASE[7:0]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
The PHASE1 and PHASE2 registers must be read consecutively. See Section 8.3.
Bits 7 to 0: Current DPLL Phase (PHASE[7:0]). The full 16-bit PHASE[15:0] field spans this register and the
PHASE2 register. PHASE is a two’s-complement signed integer that indicates the current value of the phase
detector. The value is the output of the phase averager. When T4T0 = 0 in the MCR11 register, PHASE indicates
the current phase of the T0 DPLL. When T4T0 = 1, PHASE indicates the current phase of the T4 DPLL. The
averaged phase difference in degrees is equal to PHASE x 0.707. See Section 7.7.10.
PHASE2
Phase Register 2
78h
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
PHASE[15:8]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
0
Bits 7 to 0: Current DPLL Phase (PHASE[15:8]). See the PHASE1 register description.
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
PHLKTO
Phase Lock Timeout Register
79h
Bit 7
Bit 6
PHLKTOM[1:0]
0
0
Bit 5
Bit 4
1
1
Bit 3
Bit 2
PHLKTO[5:0]
0
0
Bits 7 to 6: Phase Lock Timeout Multiplier (PHLKTOM[1:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that specifies the
resolution of the phase lock timeout field PHLKTO[5:0].
00 = 2 seconds
01 = 4 seconds
10 = 8 seconds
11 = 16 seconds
Bits 5 to 0: Phase Lock Timeout (PHLKTO[5:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that, together with the
PHLKTOM[1:0] field, specifies the length of time that the T0 DPLL attempts to lock to an input clock before
declaring a phase lock alarm (by setting the corresponding LOCK bit in the ISR registers). The timeout period in
seconds is PHLKTO[5:0] x 2^(PHLKTOM[1:0]+1). The state machine remains in the pre-locked, pre-locked 2, or
phase-lost modes for the specified time before declaring a phase alarm on the selected input. See Section 7.7.1.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
119 of 150
DS3101
FSCR1
Frame Sync Configuration Register 1
7Ah
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
2K8KSRC
0
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
8KINV
0
Bit 2
8KPUL
0
Bit 1
2KINV
0
Bit 0
2KPUL
0
Bit 7: 2kHz/8kHz Source (2K8KSRC). This configuration bit specifies the source for the 2kHz and 8kHz outputs
available on clock outputs OC1 to OC7. See Section 7.8.2.3.
0 = T0 DPLL
1 = T4 DPLL
Bit 3: 8kHz Invert (8KINV). When this bit is set to 1, the 8kHz signal on clock output OC10 is inverted. See Section
7.8.2.5.
0 = OC10 not inverted
1 = OC10 inverted
Bit 2: 8kHz Pulse (8KPUL). When this bit is set to 1, the 8kHz signal on clock output OC10 is pulsed rather than
50% duty cycle. In this mode output clock OC3 must be enabled, and the pulse width of OC10 is equal to the clock
period of OC3. See Section 7.8.2.5.
0 = OC10 not pulsed; 50% duty cycle
1 = OC10 pulsed, with pulse width equal to OC3 period
Bit 1: 2kHz Invert (2KINV). When this bit is set to 1, the 2kHz signal on clock output OC11 is inverted. See Section
7.8.2.5.
0 = OC11 not inverted
1 = OC11 inverted
Bit 0: 2kHz Pulse (2KPUL). When this bit is set to 1, the 2kHz signal on clock output OC11 is pulsed rather than
50% duty cycle. In this mode output clock OC3 must be enabled, and the pulse width of OC11 is equal to the clock
period of OC3. See Section 7.8.2.5.
0 = OC11 not pulsed; 50% duty cycle
1 = OC11 pulsed, with pulse width equal to OC3 period
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
120 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
INDEP
0
FSCR2
Frame Sync Configuration Register 2
7Bh
Bit 6
OCN
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
—
0
Bit 1
Bit 0
PHASE[1:0]
0
0
Bit 7: Independent Frame Sync and Multiframe Sync (INDEP). When this bit is set to 0, the 8kHz frame sync on
OC10 and the 2kHz multiframe sync on OC11 are aligned with the other output clocks when synchronized with the
SYNC2K input. When this bit is 1, the frame sync and multiframe sync are independent of the other output clocks,
and their edge position may change without disturbing the other output clocks. See Section 7.9.3.
0 = OC10 and OC11 are aligned with other output clocks; all are synchronized by the SYNC2K input
1 = OC10 and OC11 are independent of the other clock outputs; only OC10 and OC11 are synchronized
by the SYNC2K input
Bit 6: Sync OC-N Rates (OCN). See Section 7.9.3.
0 = SYNC2K is sampled with a 6.48MHz resolution; the selected reference must be 6.48MHz
1 = If the selected reference is 19.44MHz, SYNC2K is sampled at 19.44MHz and output alignment is to
19.44MHz. If the selected reference is 38.88MHz, SYNC2K is sampled at 38.88MHz. The selected
reference must be either 19.44MHz or 38.88MHz
Bits 1 to 0: External Sync Sampling Phase. (PHASE[1:0]). This field adjusts the sampling of the SYNC2K input.
Normally the falling edge of SYNC2K is aligned with the falling edge of the selected reference. All UI numbers
listed below are UI of the sampling clock. See Section 7.9.3.
00 = Coincident
01 = 0.5UI early
10 = 1 UI late
11 = 0.5UI late
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
121 of 150
DS3101
FSCR3
Frame Sync Configuration Register 3
7Ch
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
RECAL
0
Bit 6
0
Bit 5
MONLIM[2:0]
1
Bit 4
Bit 3
0
1
Bit 2
Bit 1
SOURCE[3:0]
0
1
Bit 0
1
Bit 7: Phase Offset Recalibration (RECAL). When set to 1 this configuration bit causes a recalibration of the
phase offset between the output clocks and the selected reference. This process puts the DPLL into mini holdover,
internally ramps the phase offset to zero, resets all clock dividers, ramps the phase offset to the value stored in the
OFFSET registers, and then switches the DPLL out of mini holdover. Unlike simply writing the OFFSET registers,
the RECAL process causes no change in the phase offset of the output clocks. RECAL is automatically reset to 0
when recalibration is complete. See Section 7.7.8.
0 = Normal operation
1 = Phase offset recalibration
Bits 6 to 4: Sync Monitor Limit (MONLIM[2:0]). This field configures the sync monitor limit. When the external
SYNC2K input is misaligned with respect to the OC11 output by the specified number of resampling clock cycles
then a frame sync monitor alarm is declared in the FSMON bit of the OPSTATE register. See Section 7.9.3.
000 = ± 1 UI
001 = ± 2 UI
010 = ± 3 UI
011 = ± 4 UI
100 = ± 5 UI
101 = ± 6 UI
110 = ± 7 UI
111 = ± 8 UI
Bits 3 to 0: Sync Reference Source (SOURCE[3:0]). The external sync reference may be associated with one of
the input clocks. When automatic external frame sync is enabled (AEFSEN = 1 in the MCR3 register, the SYNC2K
pin is only enabled when the T0 DPLL is locked to the input clock specified by the SOURCE field. See Section
7.9.3.
0000 = {unused value}
0001 = IC1
0010 = IC2
0011 = IC3
0100 = IC4
0101 = IC5
0110 = IC6
0111 = IC7
1000 = IC8
1001 = IC9
1010 = IC10
1011 = IC11
1100 = IC12
1101 = IC13
1110 = IC14
1111 = {unused value}
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
122 of 150
DS3101
INTCR
Interrupt Configuration Register
7Dh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
GPO
0
Bit 1
OD
1
Bit 0
POL
0
Bit 2: INTREQ Pin General Purpose Output Enable (GPO). When set to 1 this bit configures the interrupt request
pin to be a general purpose output whose value is set by the POL bit.
0 = INTREQ is used for interrupts
1 = INTREQ is a general purpose output
Bit 1: INTREQ Pin Open Drain Enable (OD).
When GPO = 0:
0 = INTREQ is driven in both inactive and active states
1 = INTREQ is open-drain, i.e., it is driven in the active state but is high impedance in the inactive state
When GPO = 1:
0 = INTREQ is driven as specified by POL
1 = INTREQ is high impedance and POL has no effect
Bit 0: INTREQ Pin Polarity (POL).
When GPO = 0:
0 = INTREQ goes low to signal an interrupt (active low)
1 = INTREQ goes high to signal an interrupt (active high)
When GPO = 1:
0 = INTREQ driven low
1 = INTREQ driven high
PROT
Protection Register
7Eh
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
1
0
0
Bit 4
Bit 3
PROT[7:0]
0
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
0
1
Bits 7 to 0: Protection Control (PROT[7:0]). This field can be used to protect the rest of the register set from
inadvertent writes. In protected mode writes to all other registers are ignored. In single unprotected mode, one
register (other than PROT) can be written, but after that write the device reverts to protected mode (and the value
of PROT is internally changed to 00h). In fully unprotected mode all register can be written without limitation. See
Section 7.2.
1000 0101 = Fully unprotected mode
1000 0110 = Single unprotected mode
all other values = Protected mode
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
123 of 150
DS3101
Register Name:
Register Description:
Register Address:
Name
Default
Bit 7
—
0
IFCR
Microprocessor Interface Configuration Register
7Fh
Bit 6
—
0
Bit 5
—
0
Bit 4
—
0
Bit 3
—
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
IFSEL[2:0]
reset value of IFSEL[2:0] pins
Bits 2:0 Microprocessor Interface Selection (IFSEL[2:0]). This read-only field specifies the microprocessor
interface mode. The value of this register is latched from the IFSEL[2:0] pins during reset. After reset the state of
the IFSEL[2:0] pins has no effect on this register but is shown in the IFSR register. See Section 7.11.
010 = Intel bus mode (multiplexed)
011 = Intel bus mode (nonmultiplexed)
100 = Motorola mode (nonmultiplexed)
101 = SPI mode (address and data transmitted LSB first)
110 = Motorola mode (multiplexed)
111 = SPI mode (address and data transmitted MSB first)
000, 001 = {unused value}
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
124 of 150
DS3101
9. JTAG TEST ACCESS PORT AND BOUNDARY SCAN
9.1
JTAG Description
The DS3101 supports the standard instruction codes SAMPLE/PRELOAD, BYPASS, and EXTEST. Optional public
instructions included are HIGHZ, CLAMP, and IDCODE. Figure 9-1 shows a block diagram. The DS3101 contains
the following items, which meet the requirements set by the IEEE 1149.1 Standard Test Access Port and Boundary
Scan Architecture:
Test Access Port (TAP)
TAP Controller
Instruction Register
Bypass Register
Boundary Scan Register
Device Identification Register
The TAP has the necessary interface pins, namely JTCLK, JTRST, JTDI, JTDO, and JTMS. Details on these pins
can be found in Table 6-6. Details about the boundary scan architecture and the TAP can be found in IEEE 1149.11990, IEEE 1149.1a-1993, and IEEE 1149.1b-1994.
Figure 9-1. JTAG Block Diagram
BOUNDARY
SCAN
REGISTER
MUX
DEVICE
IDENTIFICATION
REGISTER
BYPASS
REGISTER
INSTRUCTION
REGISTER
SELECT
TEST ACCESS PORT
CONTROLLER
50k
50k
JTDI
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
JTMS
TRI-STATE
50k
JTCLK
JTRST
JTDO
125 of 150
DS3101
9.2
JTAG TAP Controller State Machine Description
This section discusses the operation of the TAP controller state machine. The TAP controller is a finite state
machine that responds to the logic level at JTMS on the rising edge of JTCLK. Each of the states denoted in Figure
9-2 are described in the following paragraphs.
Test-Logic-Reset. Upon device power-up, the TAP controller starts in the Test-Logic-Reset state. The instruction
register contains the IDCODE instruction. All system logic on the device operates normally.
Run-Test-Idle. Run-Test-Idle is used between scan operations or during specific tests. The instruction register and
all test registers remain idle.
Select-DR-Scan. All test registers retain their previous state. With JTMS low, a rising edge of JTCLK moves the
controller into the Capture-DR state and initiates a scan sequence. JTMS high moves the controller to the SelectIR-SCAN state.
Capture-DR. Data can be parallel-loaded into the test register selected by the current instruction. If the instruction
does not call for a parallel load or the selected test register does not allow parallel loads, the register remains at its
current value. On the rising edge of JTCLK, the controller goes to the Shift-DR state if JTMS is low or to the Exit1DR state if JTMS is high.
Shift-DR. The test register selected by the current instruction is connected between JTDI and JTDO and data is
shifted one stage toward the serial output on each rising edge of JTCLK. If a test register selected by the current
instruction is not placed in the serial path, it maintains its previous state.
Exit1-DR. While in this state, a rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Update-DR state,
which terminates the scanning process. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Pause-DR
state.
Pause-DR. Shifting of the test registers is halted while in this state. All test registers selected by the current
instruction retain their previous state. The controller remains in this state while JTMS is low. A rising edge on
JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Exit2-DR state.
Exit2-DR. While in this state, a rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Update-DR state
and terminates the scanning process. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Shift-DR
state.
Update-DR. A falling edge on JTCLK while in the Update-DR state latches the data from the shift register path of
the test registers into the data output latches. This prevents changes at the parallel output because of changes in
the shift register. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Run-Test-Idle state. With JTMS
high, the controller enters the Select-DR-Scan state.
Select-IR-Scan. All test registers retain their previous state. The instruction register remains unchanged during this
state. With JTMS low, a rising edge on JTCLK moves the controller into the Capture-IR state and initiates a scan
sequence for the instruction register. JTMS high during a rising edge on JTCLK puts the controller back into the
Test-Logic-Reset state.
Capture-IR. The Capture-IR state is used to load the shift register in the instruction register with a fixed value. This
value is loaded on the rising edge of JTCLK. If JTMS is high on the rising edge of JTCLK, the controller enters the
Exit1-IR state. If JTMS is low on the rising edge of JTCLK, the controller enters the Shift-IR state.
Shift-IR. In this state, the instruction register’s shift register is connected between JTDI and JTDO and shifts data
one stage for every rising edge of JTCLK toward the serial output. The parallel register and the test registers
remain at their previous states. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high moves the controller to the Exit1-IR state.
A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low keeps the controller in the Shift-IR state, while moving data one stage
through the instruction shift register.
Exit1-IR. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Pause-IR state. If JTMS is high on the
rising edge of JTCLK, the controller enters the Update-IR state and terminates the scanning process.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
126 of 150
DS3101
Pause-IR. Shifting of the instruction register is halted temporarily. With JTMS high, a rising edge on JTCLK puts
the controller in the Exit2-IR state. The controller remains in the Pause-IR state if JTMS is low during a rising edge
on JTCLK.
Exit2-IR. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Update-IR state. The controller loops
back to the Shift-IR state if JTMS is low during a rising edge of JTCLK in this state.
Update-IR. The instruction shifted into the instruction shift register is latched into the parallel output on the falling
edge of JTCLK as the controller enters this state. Once latched, this instruction becomes the current instruction. A
rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Run-Test-Idle state. With JTMS high, the controller
enters the Select-DR-Scan state.
Figure 9-2. JTAG TAP Controller State Machine
Test-Logic-Reset
1
0
Run-Test/Idle
1
Select
DR-Scan
1
0
1
Select
IR-Scan
0
0
1
1
Capture-DR
Capture-IR
0
0
Shift-DR
Shift-IR
0
0
1
1
1
Exit1- DR
1
Exit1-IR
0
0
Pause-DR
Pause-IR
0
0
1
0
1
0
Exit2-DR
Exit2-IR
1
1
Update-DR
1
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
0
Update-IR
1
0
127 of 150
DS3101
9.3
JTAG Instruction Register and Instructions
The instruction register contains a shift register as well as a latched parallel output and is 3 bits in length. When the
TAP controller enters the Shift-IR state, the instruction shift register is connected between JTDI and JTDO. While in
the Shift-IR state, a rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low shifts data one stage toward the serial output at JTDO. A
rising edge on JTCLK in the Exit1-IR state or the Exit2-IR state with JTMS high moves the controller to the UpdateIR state. The falling edge of that same JTCLK latches the data in the instruction shift register to the instruction
parallel output. Table 9-1 shows the instructions supported by the DS3101 and their respective operational binary
codes.
Table 9-1. JTAG Instruction Codes
INSTRUCTIONS
SAMPLE/PRELOAD
BYPASS
EXTEST
CLAMP
HIGHZ
IDCODE
SELECTED REGISTER
Boundary Scan
Bypass
Boundary Scan
Bypass
Bypass
Device Identification
INSTRUCTION CODES
010
111
000
011
100
001
SAMPLE/PRELOAD. SAMPLE/RELOAD is a mandatory instruction for the IEEE 1149.1 specification. This
instruction supports two functions. First, the digital I/Os of the device can be sampled at the boundary scan
register, using the Capture-DR state, without interfering with the device’s normal operation. Second, data can be
shifted into the boundary scan register through JTDI using the Shift-DR state.
EXTEST. EXTEST allows testing of the interconnections to the device. When the EXTEST instruction is latched in
the instruction register, the following actions occur: (1) Once the EXTEST instruction is enabled through the
Update-IR state, the parallel outputs of the digital output pins are driven. (2) The boundary scan register is
connected between JTDI and JTDO. (3) The Capture-DR state samples all digital inputs into the boundary scan
register.
BYPASS. When the BYPASS instruction is latched into the parallel instruction register, JTDI is connected to JTDO
through the 1-bit bypass register. This allows data to pass from JTDI to JTDO without affecting the device’s normal
operation.
IDCODE. When the IDCODE instruction is latched into the parallel instruction register, the device identification
register is selected. The device ID code is loaded into the device identification register on the rising edge of JTCLK,
following entry into the Capture-DR state. Shift-DR can be used to shift the ID code out serially through JTDO.
During Test-Logic-Reset, the ID code is forced into the instruction register’s parallel output.
HIGHZ. All digital outputs are placed into a high-impedance state. The bypass register is connected between JTDI
and JTDO.
CLAMP. All digital output pins output data from the boundary scan parallel output while connecting the bypass
register between JTDI and JTDO. The outputs do not change during the CLAMP instruction.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
128 of 150
DS3101
9.4
JTAG Test Registers
IEEE 1149.1 requires a minimum of two test registers—the bypass register and the boundary scan register. An
optional test register, the identification register, has been included in the device design. It is used with the IDCODE
instruction and the Test-Logic-Reset state of the TAP controller.
Bypass Register. This is a single 1-bit shift register used with the BYPASS, CLAMP, and HIGHZ instructions to
provide a short path between JTDI and JTDO.
Boundary Scan Register. This register contains a shift register path and a latched parallel output for control cells
and digital I/O cells. BSDL files are available at www.maxim-ic.com/TechSupport/telecom/bsdl.htm.
Identification Register. This register contains a 32-bit shift register and a 32-bit latched parallel output. It is
selected during the IDCODE instruction and when the TAP controller is in the Test-Logic-Reset state. The device
identification code for the DS3101 is shown in Table 9-2.
Table 9-2. JTAG ID Code
DEVICE
DS3101
REVISION
Consult factory
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
DEVICE CODE
0000000000011101
MANUFACTURER CODE
00010100001
REQUIRED
1
129 of 150
DS3101
10.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Voltage Range on Any Pin with Respect to VSS (except VDD)…….………………………………………..-0.3V to +5.5V
Supply Voltage Range (VDD) with Respect to VSS…….………….………………………………………..-0.3V to +1.98V
Supply Voltage Range (VDDIO) with Respect to VSS…………….………………………………………….-0.3V to +3.63V
Ambient Operating Temperature Range…………………………………………………………..-40°C to +85°C (Note 1)
Junction Operating Temperature Range…………………………………………………………………..-40°C to +125°C
Storage Temperature Range………………………………………………………………………………..-55°C to +125°C
Soldering Temperature…………………………………………………………See IPC/JEDEC J-STD-020 Specification
Note 1: Specifications to -40°C are guaranteed by design and not production tested.
Stresses beyond those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only,
and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated in the operational sections of the specifications is
not implied. Exposure to the absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device. Ambient operating temperature range
when device is mounted on a four-layer JEDEC test board with no airflow.
Note: The typical values listed in the tables of Section 10 are not production tested.
10.1
DC Characteristics
Table 10-1. Recommended DC Operating Conditions
(TA = -40°C to +85°C)
PARAMETER
Supply Voltage, Core
Supply Voltage, I/O
Ambient Temperature Range
SYMBOL
VDD
VDDIO
TA
CONDITIONS
MIN
1.62
3.135
-40
TYP
1.8
3.3
MAX
1.98
3.465
+85
UNITS
V
V
°C
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNITS
Table 10-2. DC Characteristics
(VDD = 1.8V ±10%, VDDIO = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
1.8V
IDD18
(Note 2)
100
120
3.3V
IDD33
(Note 2)
37
53
IDDOC6
(Note 3)
9
mA
IDDOC7
(Note 3)
9
mA
CIN
5
pF
COUT
7
pF
mA
Supply Current
Supply Current from VDD_OC6 When
output OC6 is Enabled
Supply Current from VDD_OC7 When
output OC7 is Enabled
Input Capacitance
Output Capacitance
Note 2:
12.800MHz clock applied to REFCLK. 19.44MHz clock applied to one CMOS/TTL input clock pin. One 19.44MHz CMOS/TTL
output clock pin driving 100pF load; all other inputs at VDDIO or grounded; all other outputs open.
Note 3:
19.44MHz output clock frequency, driving the load shown in Figure 10-1.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
130 of 150
DS3101
Table 10-3. CMOS/TTL Pins
(VDD = 1.8V ±10%, VDDIO = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
Input High Voltage
Input Low Voltage
SYMBOL
VIH
VIL
MIN
2.0
-0.3
TYP
MAX
5.5
+0.8
UNITS
V
V
IIL
(Note 1)
-10
+10
μA
IILPU
(Note 1)
-85
+10
μA
IILPD
(Note 1)
-10
+85
μA
ILO
(Note 1)
-10
+10
μA
Input Leakage
Input Leakage, Pins with Internal
Pullup Resistor (50kΩ typical)
Input Leakage, Pins with Internal
Pulldown Resistor (50kΩ typical)
Output Leakage (when High-Z)
CONDITIONS
Output High Voltage (IO = -4.0mA)
VOH
2.4
VDDIO
V
Output Low Voltage (IO = +4.0mA)
VOL
0
0.4
V
Note 1:
0V < VIN < VDDIO for all other digital inputs.
Table 10-4. LVDS Pins
(VDD = 1.8V ±10%, VDDIO = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.) (See Figure 10-1.)
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
MIN
Input Voltage Range
Differential Input Voltage
Differential Input Logic Threshold
Output High Voltage
Output Low Voltage
Differential Output Voltage
Output Offset Voltage
Difference in Magnitude of Output
Differential Voltage for Complementary
States
VINLVDS
VIDLVDS
VTHLVDS
VOHLVDS
VOLLVDS
VODLVDS
VOSLVDS
VIDLVDS = 100mV
0
0.1
-100
(Note 1)
(Note 1)
+25°C (Note 1)
0.885
250
1.08
VDOSLVDS
TYP
1.45
1.1
1.28
MAX
UNITS
2.4
1.4
+100
1.65
450
1.45
V
V
mV
V
V
mV
V
25
mV
Note 1:
With 100Ω load across the differential outputs.
Note 2:
The DS3101’s LVDS output pins can easily be interfaced to LVPECL and CML inputs on neighboring ICs using a few external
passive components. Refer to Maxim App Note HFAN-1.0 for details.
Figure 10-1. Recommended Termination for LVDS Pins
50 Ω
input signal POS
50 Ω
input signal NEG
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
50 Ω
100Ω
input POS
output POS
input NEG
output NEG
50 Ω
(5%)
100Ω
output signal POS
(5%)
output signal NEG
131 of 150
DS3101
Table 10-5. LVPECL Pins
(VDD = 1.8V ±10%, VDDIO = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C) (See Figure 10-2.)
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
Input High Voltage, Differential Inputs
VIHPECL
(Note 1)
Input Low Voltage, Differential Inputs
VILPECL
(Note 1)
Input Differential Voltage
VIDPECL
Input High Voltage, Single-Ended
Inputs
Input Low Voltage, Single-Ended
Inputs
VIHPECL,S
(Note 2)
VILPECL,S
(Note 2)
MIN
VDDIO 2.4
VDDIO 2.5
TYP
MAX
VDDIO 0.4
VDDIO 0.5
UNITS
0.1
1.4
V
VDDIO 1.3
VDDIO 2.4
VDDIO 0.5
VDDIO 1.5
V
V
V
V
Note 1:
For a differential input voltage ≥ 100mV.
Note 2:
With the unused differential input tied to VDDIO - 1.4V.
Note 3:
Although the DS3101’s differential outputs do not directly drive standard LVPECL signals, these output pins can easily be
interfaced to LVPECL and CML inputs on neighboring ICs using a few external passive components. Refer to Maxim App Note
HFAN-1.0 for details.
Figure 10-2. Recommended Termination for LVPECL Pins
VDD_ICDIFF
130Ω
130Ω
50 Ω
input signal POS
input POS
50 Ω
input signal NEG
input NEG
82Ω
82Ω
VSS_ICDIFF
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
132 of 150
DS3101
Table 10-6. AMI Composite Clock Pins
(VDD = 1.8V ±10%, VDDIO = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.) (Note 1) (See Figure 10-3.)
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
CONDITIONS
MIN
Input High Voltage
VIHAMI
2.2
Input Middle Voltage
VIMAMI
1.5
Input Low Voltage
VILAMI
-0.3
Input LOS Threshold
VLOS
Input Pulse Width
Note 1:
1.65
At the IC1/IC2 pin
tPW
Input Rise/Fall Time
TYP
VDDIO + 0.3
UNIT
S
V
1.8
V
1.1
V
MAX
0.2
1.6
7.8
t R, t F
V
14
μs
0.5
μs
The timing parameters in this table are guaranteed by design (GBD).
Figure 10-3. Recommended External Components for AMI Composite Clock Pins
RS
470 nF
input signal
IC1
0.01uF
470 nF
input signal
IC2
1:1
OC8POS
output signal POS
RP
OC8NEG
output signal NEG
RS
For input CC signals compliant with Telcordia GR-378 (amplitude 2.7V to 5.5V) or ITU G.703 Section 4.2.2 option
b) (3V±0.5V), the signal should be attenuated by a factor of 3 (or more) before being presented to IC1A or IC2A.
Input CC signals with a 1V nominal pulse amplitude can be presented unattenuated.
For output CC signals, Table 10-7 specifies recommended values for the components in Figure 10-3.
Recommended transformers include the PE-65540 from Pulse Engineering.
Table 10-7. Recommended External Components for Output Clock OC8
SIGNAL TYPE
GR-378 (133Ω, 2.7V–5.5V)
G.703 4.2.2 option b) (110Ω, 3V ±0.5V)
G.703 4.2.2 option a) and Appendix II.1 (110Ω, 1V ±0.1V)
G.703 4.2.3 (120Ω, 1V ±0.1V)
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
RS
RP
0
0
91Ω
91Ω
Open
Open
360Ω
300Ω
133 of 150
DS3101
10.2
Input Clock Timing
Table 10-8. Input Clock Timing
(VDD = 1.8V ±10%, VDDIO = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.)
PARAMETER
Input Clock Period,
CMOS/TTL Input Pins
Input Clock Period,
LVDS/LVPECL Input Pins
SYMBOL
MIN
tCYC
8ns (125MHz)
500μs (2kHz)
tCYC
6.43ns (155.52MHz)
500μs (2kHz)
t H, t L
3ns or 30% of tCYC,
whichever is smaller
Input Clock High, Low Time
10.3
TYP
MAX
Output Clock Timing
Table 10-9. Input Clock to Output Clock Delay
INPUT
FREQUENCY
OUTPUT
FREQUENCY
8kHz
6.48MHz
19.44MHz
25.92MHz
38.88MHz
51.84MHz
77.76MHz
155.52MHz
8kHz
6.48MHz
19.44MHz
25.92MHz
38.88MHz
51.84MHz
77.76MHz
155.52MHz
DELAY, INPUT
CLOCK EDGE TO
OUTPUT CLOCK
EDGE
0.0 ± 1.5ns
-12 ± 1.5ns
0.0 ± 1.5ns
0.0 ± 1.5ns
0.0 ± 1.5ns
0.0 ± 1.5ns
0.0 ± 1.5ns
0.0 ± 1.5ns
Table 10-10. Output Clock Phase Alignment,
Frame Sync Alignment Mode
OUTPUT
FREQUENCY
8kHz (OC10)
2kHz
8kHz
1.544MHz (OC9)
2.048MHz (OC9)
44.736MHz
34.368MHz
6.48MHz
19.44MHz
25.92MHz
38.88MHz
51.84MHz
77.76MHz
155.52MHz
311.04MHz
DELAY, OC1 (2kHz) FALLING
EDGE TO
OUTPUT CLOCK FALLING EDGE
0.0 ± 0.5ns
0.0 ± 0.5ns
0.0 ± 0.5ns
0.0 ± 1.25ns
0.0 ± 1.25ns
-2.0 ± 1.25ns
-2.0 ± 1.25ns
-2.0 ± 1.25ns
-2.0 ± 1.25ns
-2.0 ± 1.25ns
-2.0 ± 1.25ns
-2.0 ± 1.25ns
-2.0 ± 1.25ns
-2.0 ± 1.25ns
-2.0 ± 1.25ns
See Section 7.9.3 for details on frame sync alignment and the SYNC2K pin.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
134 of 150
DS3101
10.4
Parallel Interface Timing
Table 10-11. Parallel Interface Timing
(VDD = 1.8V ±10%, VDDIO = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.) (Note 1) (See Figure 10-4 and Figure 10-5.)
PARAMETER
SYMBOL
Address Setup to RD, WR, DS Active
ALE Setup to RD, WR, DS Active
Address Setup to ALE Inactive
Address Hold from ALE Inactive
ALE Pulse Width
Address Hold from RD, WR, DS Inactive
CS Setup to RD, WR, DS Active
Data Valid from RD, DS Active
RD, WR, DS Pulse Width if not Using RDY
Handshake
RD, WR, DS Delay from RDY Active
Data Output High-Z from RD, DS Inactive
Data Output Enabled from RD, DS Active
CS Hold from RD, WR, DS Inactive
Data Setup to WR, DS Inactive
Data Hold from WR, DS inactive
RDY Active from RD, WR, DS Active
RDY Inactive from RD, WR, DS Inactive
RDY Output Enabled from CS Active
RDY Output High-Z from CS Inactive
RDY Ending High Pulse Width
R/W Setup to DS Active
R/W Hold from DS Inactive
t1a
t1b
t2
t3
t4
t5
t6
t8
(Note 2)
(Notes 2, 3)
(Notes 2, 3)
(Notes 2, 3)
(Notes 2, 3)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
10
10
2
2
5
0
0
t9a
(Notes 2, 4)
90
ns
t9b
t10
t11
t12
t13
t14
t15
t16
t17
t18
t19
t20
t21
(Note 2)
(Notes 2, 5)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
15
2
2
0
10
5
10
0
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
Note 4:
Note 5:
CONDITIONS
MIN
2
2
2
TYP
MAX
UNITS
80
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
10
10
10
10
The timing parameters in this table are guaranteed by design (GBD).
The input/output timing reference level for all signals is VDD/2. Transition time (80/20%) on RD, WR, and CS inputs is 5ns max.
Multiplexed mode timing only.
Timing required if not using RDY handshake.
D[7:0] output valid until not driven.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
135 of 150
DS3101
Figure 10-4. Parallel Interface Timing Diagram (Nonmultiplexed)
t1a
t5
Address
t6
t12
CS
t8
t10
Data Out
AD[7:0]
t11
t13
t14
Data In
AD[7:0]
R/W
RD
WR
DS
t20
t21
t9a
t17
t18
t9b
RDY
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
t15
t16
t19
136 of 150
DS3101
Figure 10-5. Parallel Interface Timing Diagram (Multiplexed)
t1a
Address
t2
ALE
t3
t5
t4
t1b
t12
CS
t8
t6
t10
Data Out
AD[7:0]
t11
t13
t14
Data In
AD[7:0]
R/W
RD
WR
DS
t20
t21
t9a
t17
t18
t9b
RDY
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
t15
t16
t19
137 of 150
DS3101
10.5
SPI Interface Timing
Table 10-12. SPI Interface Timing
(VDD = 1.8V ±10%, VDDIO = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.) (Note 1) (See Figure 10-6.)
PARAMETER (Note 2)
SCLK Frequency
SCLK Cycle Time
CS Setup to First SCLK Edge
CS Hold time After Last SCLK Edge
SCLK High Time
SCLK Low Time
SDI Data Setup Time
SDI Data Hold Time
SDO Enable Time (High-Impedance to Output Active)
SDO Disable Time (Output Active to High Impedance)
SDO Data Valid Time
SDO Data Hold Time After Update SCLK Edge
Note 1:
Note 2:
SYMBOL
fBUS
tCYC
tSUC
tHDC
tCLKH
tCLKL
tSUI
tHDI
tEN
tDIS
tDV
tHDO
MIN
TYP
MAX
6
166
15
15
50
50
5
15
0
25
40
5
UNITS
MHz
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
The timing parameters in this table are guaranteed by design (GBD).
All timing is specified with 100pF load on all SPI pins.
Figure 10-6. SPI Interface Timing Diagram
CPHA = 0
CS
tSUC
tHDC
tCYC
tCLKL
SCLK,
CPOL=0
tCLKH
tCLKL
SCLK,
CPOL=1
tSUI
tCLKH
tHDI
SDI
tDV
tDIS
SDO
tEN
tHDO
CPHA = 1
CS
tSUC
SCLK,
CPOL=0
SCLK,
CPOL=1
tHDC
tCYC
tCLKL
tCLKH
tCLKL
tSUI
tCLKH
tHDI
SDI
tDV
tDIS
SDO
tEN
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
tHDO
138 of 150
DS3101
10.6
JTAG Interface Timing
Table 10-13. JTAG Interface Timing
(VDD = 1.8V ±10%, VDDIO = 3.3V ±5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C.) (Note 1) (See Figure 10-7.)
PARAMETER
JTCLK Clock Period
JTCLK Clock High/Low Time (Note 2)
JTCLK to JTDI, JTMS Setup Time
JTCLK to JTDI, JTMS Hold Time
JTCLK to JTDO Delay
JTCLK to JTDO High-Z Delay (Note 3)
JTRST Width Low Time
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
SYMBOL
t1
t2/t3
t4
t5
t6
t7
t8
MIN
50
50
50
2
2
100
TYP
1000
500
MAX
50
50
UNITS
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
The timing parameters in this table are guaranteed by design (GBD).
Clock can be stopped high or low.
Not tested during production test.
Figure 10-7. JTAG Timing Diagram
t1
t2
t3
JTCLK
t4
t5
JTDI, JTMS, JTRST
t6
t7
JTDO
JTRST
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
t8
139 of 150
DS3101
11.
PIN ASSIGNMENTS
Table 11-1 lists the DS3101 pin assignments sorted in alphabetical order by pin name. Figure 11-1 and
Figure 11-2 show pin assignments arranged by pin number.
Table 11-1. Pin Assignments Sorted by Signal Name
PIN NAME
A[0]
A[1]
A[2]
A[3]
A[4]
A[5]
A[6]
A[7]
A[8]
AD[0]
AD[1]
AD[2]
AD[3]
AD[4]
AD[5]
AD[6]
AD[7]
ALE
AVDD_PLL1
AVDD_PLL2
AVDD_PLL3
AVDD_PLL4
AVSS_PLL1
AVSS_PLL2
AVSS_PLL3
AVSS_PLL4
CPHA
CPOL
CS
DS
GPIO1
GPIO2
GPIO3
GPIO4
HIZ
IC1
IC10
IC11
IC12
IC13
IC14
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
PIN NUMBER
H16
H15
G16
H14
G15
F16
G14
F15
E16
E15
D16
C16
D15
C15
E14
D14
C14
K14
D1
E1
F1
G1
D2
E3
G2
G3
D14
C14
J16
J14
E2
F3
H2
J1
R14
A10
B12
A13
C12
B13
A14
BUS MODES
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
SPI-Only
SPI-Only
All
Parallel-Only
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
SIGNAL TYPE
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
Power Supply
Power Supply
Power Supply
Power Supply
Power Supply
Power Supply
Power Supply
Power Supply
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
140 of 150
DS3101
PIN NAME
IC1A
IC2
IC2A
IC3
IC4
IC5NEG
IC5POS
IC6NEG
IC6POS
IC7
IC8
IC9
IFSEL[0]
IFSEL[1]
IFSEL[2]
INTREQ
JTCLK
JTDI
JTDO
JTMS
JTRST
MASTSLV
N.C.
OC1
OC10
OC11
OC2
OC3
OC4
OC5
OC6NEG
OC6POS
OC7NEG
OC7POS
OC8NEG
OC8POS
OC9
R/W
RD
RDY
REFCLK
RST
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
PIN NUMBER
P6
B10
P7
C10
A11
A5
B5
A4
B4
B11
C11
A12
N1
N2
P1
A15
R8
R9
P9
T9
T8
R11
C13, F2, F14, H3, J3, K1, K2,
K3, K15, K16, L1, L2, L3, L14,
L15, L16, M1, M14, M15, M16,
N3, N14, N15, N16, P2–P5, P8,
P10–P16, R2–R7, R10, R12,
R15, T2–T7, T10–T14
C6
B9
C9
A7
B7
C7
A8
A3
B3
C1
C2
B8
C8
A9
J15
J14
B15
H1
B6
BUS MODES
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
SIGNAL TYPE
Low-Speed Analog
High-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Analog
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Analog
High-Speed Analog
High-Speed Analog
High-Speed Analog
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
All
No Connection
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
Parallel-Only
All
All
High-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Analog
High-Speed Analog
High-Speed Analog
High-Speed Analog
Low-Speed Analog
Low-Speed Analog
Low-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
High-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
141 of 150
DS3101
PIN NAME
SCLK
SDI
SDO
SONSDH
SRCSW
SRFAIL
SYNC2K
TM1
TM2
TST_RA1
TST_RA2
TST_RB1
TST_RB2
TST_RC1
TST_RC2
TST_TA1
TST_TA2
TST_TB1
TST_TB2
TST_TC1
TST_TC2
VDD
VDD_ICDIFF
VDD_OC6
VDD_OC7
VDDIO
VSS
VSS_ICDIFF
VSS_OC6
VSS_OC7
WDT
WR
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
PIN NUMBER
C16
D16
E15
M3
M2
J2
B14
R13
T15
R6
L14
T6
K16
R7
K15
P2
R15
N3
P13
P3
P14
D6, D8, D9, D11, E6, E11, F4,
F5, F12, F13, H4, H13, J4, J13,
L4, L5, L12, L13, M6, M11, N6,
N8, N9, N11
A6
B2
C3
B1, B16, D7, D10, E7–E10, G4,
G5, G12, G13, H5, H12, J5, J12,
K4, K5, K12, K13, M7, M8, M9,
M10, N7, N10, R1, R16
A1, A16, D4, D5, D12, D13, E4,
E5, E12, E13, F6–F11, G6–G11,
H6–H11, J6–J11, K6–K11,
L6–L11, M4, M5, M12, M13, N4,
N5, N12, N13, T1, T16
C4
A2
D3
C5
J15
BUS MODES
SPI-Only
SPI-Only
SPI-Only
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
SIGNAL TYPE
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
Test, Wire Low
Test, Wire Low
Test, Do Not Connect
Test, Do Not Connect
Test, Do Not Connect
Test, Do Not Connect
Test, Do Not Connect
Test, Do Not Connect
Test, Do Not Connect
Test, Do Not Connect
Test, Do Not Connect
Test, Do Not Connect
Test, Do Not Connect
Test, Do Not Connect
All
Power Supply
All
All
All
Power Supply
Power Supply
Power Supply
All
Power Supply
All
Power Supply
All
All
All
All
Parallel-Only
Power Supply
Power Supply
Power Supply
Low-Speed Analog
High-Speed Digital
142 of 150
DS3101
Figure 11-1. DS3101 Pin Assignment—Left Half
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
VSS
VSS_OC6
OC6NEG
IC6NEG
IC5NEG
VDD_ICDIFF
OC2
OC5
B
VDDIO
VDD_OC6
OC6POS
IC6POS
IC5POS
RST
OC3
OC8NEG
C
OC7NEG
OC7POS
VDD_OC7
VSS_ICDIFF
WDT
OC1
OC4
OC8POS
D
AVDD_PLL1
AVSS_PLL1
VSS_OC7
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDDIO
VDD
E
AVDD_PLL2
GPIO1
AVSS_PLL2
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDDIO
VDDIO
F
AVDD_PLL3
N.C.
GPIO2
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
G
AVDD_PLL4
AVSS_PLL3
AVSS_PLL4
VDDIO
VDDIO
VSS
VSS
VSS
H
REFCLK
GPIO3
N.C.
VDD
VDDIO
VSS
VSS
VSS
J
GPIO4
SRFAIL
N.C.
VDD
VDDIO
VSS
VSS
VSS
K
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
VDDIO
VDDIO
VSS
VSS
VSS
L
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
VDD
VDD
VSS
VSS
VSS
M
N.C.
SRCSW
SONSDH
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDDIO
VDDIO
N
IFSEL[0]
IFSEL[1]
N.C.
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDDIO
VDD
P
IFSEL[2]
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IC1A
IC2A
N.C.
R
VDDIO
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
JTCLK
T
VSS
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
JTRST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
High-Speed Analog
Low-Speed Analog
High-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
VDD 3.3V
Analog VDD 3.3V
VDD 1.8V
Analog VDD 1.8V
VSS
Analog VSS
N.C. = No Connection. Lead is not connected to anything inside the device.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
143 of 150
DS3101
Figure 11-2. DS3101 Pin Assignment—Right Half
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
OC9
IC1
IC4
IC9
IC11
IC14
INTREQ
VSS
A
OC10
IC2
IC7
IC10
IC13
SYNC2K
RDY
VDDIO
B
OC11
IC3
IC8
IC12
N.C.
AD[7]/CPOL
AD[4]
AD[2]/SCLK
C
VDD
VDDIO
VDD
VSS
VSS
AD[6]/CPHA
AD[3]
AD[1] / SDI
D
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDD
VSS
VSS
AD[5]
AD[0]/SDO
A[8]
E
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
N.C.
A[7]
A[5]
F
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDDIO
VDDIO
A[6]
A[4]
A[2]
G
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDDIO
VDD
A[3]
A[1]
A[0]
H
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDDIO
VDD
RD/DS
WR/R/W
CS
J
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDDIO
VDDIO
ALE
N.C.
N.C.
K
VSS
VSS
VSS
VDD
VDD
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
L
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDD
VSS
VSS
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
M
VDD
VDDIO
VDD
VSS
VSS
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N
JTDO
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
P
JTDI
N.C.
MASTSLV
N.C.
TM1
HIZ
N.C.
VDDIO
R
JTMS
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
TM2
VSS
T
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
High-Speed Analog
Low-Speed Analog
High-Speed Digital
Low-Speed Digital
VDD 3.3V
Analog VDD 3.3V
VDD 1.8V
Analog VDD 1.8V
VSS
Analog VSS
N.C. = No Connection. Lead is not connected to anything inside the device.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
144 of 150
DS3101
12.
PACKAGE INFORMATION
For the latest package outline information and land patterns, go to www.maxim-ic.com/packages.
12.1
256-Pin CSBGA (17mm x 17mm)
PACKAGE TYPE
PACKAGE CODE
DOCUMENT NO.
256 CSBGA
—
21-0315
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
145 of 150
DS3101
13.
THERMAL INFORMATION
Table 13-1. Thermal Properties, Natural Convection
PARAMETER
Ambient Temperature (Note 1)
Junction Temperature
Theta-JA (θJA), Still Air (Note 2)
Theta-JB (θJB), Still Air
Theta-JC (θJC), Still Air
Psi-JB
Psi-JT
Note 1:
Note 2:
MIN
TYP
-40
-40
26.7
14.0
11.0
13.5
0.7
MAX
UNITS
+85
+125
°C
°C
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
The package is mounted on a four-layer JEDEC standard test board with no airflow and
dissipating maximum power.
Theta-JA (θJA) is the junction to ambient thermal resistance, when the package is mounted on a
four-layer JEDEC standard test board with no airflow and dissipating maximum power.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
146 of 150
DS3101
14.
GLOSSARY
Local Oscillator
The 12.800MHz TCXO, OCXO, or other crystal oscillator connected to the REFCLK pin.
The stability of the T0 DPLL in free-run and holdover modes is a function of the stability of
this oscillator.
Master Clock
A 204.8MHz clock synthesized from the local oscillator and frequency adjusted by the
XOFREQ register setting.
Input Clock
One of the 14 input clocks labeled IC1 to IC14.
Output Clock
One of the 11 output clocks labeled OC1 to OC11.
Selected Reference
The input clock to which the DPLL is currently phase locked.
Valid Clock
An input clock that has no alarms declared in the corresponding ISR register. A clock
whose frequency is within the hard limit set in ILIMIT or CLIMIT and that does not have an
inactivity alarm.
Invalid Clock
An input clock that has one or more alarms declared in the corresponding ISR register.
External Reference
Switching Mode
EXTSW = 1 in MCR10.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
147 of 150
DS3101
15.
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
AIS
AMI
APLL
BITS
BPV
DFS
DPLL
ESF
EXZ
GbE
I/O
LOS
LVDS
LVPECL
MTIE
OCXO
OOF
PBO
PFD
PLL
ppb
ppm
pk-pk
RMS
RAI
RO
R/W
SDH
SEC
SETS
SF
SONET
SSM
SSU
STM
TDEV
TCXO
UI
UIP-P
16.
Alarm Indication Signal
Alternate Mark Inversion
Analog Phase-Locked Loop
Building Integrated Timing Supply
Bipolar Violation
Digital Frequency Synthesis
Digital Phase Locked Loop
Extended Superframe
Excessive Zeros
Gigabit Ethernet
Input/Output
Loss of Signal
Low-Voltage-Differential Signal
Low-Voltage Positive Emitter-Coupled Logic
Maximum Time Interval Error
Oven-Controlled Crystal Oscillator
Out-of-Frame Alignment
Phase Build-Out
Phase/Frequency Detector
Phase-Locked Loop
Parts per Billion
Parts per Million
Peak-to-Peak
Root-Mean-Square
Remote Alarm Indication
Read-Only
Read/Write
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SDH Equipment Clock
Synchronous Equipment Timing Source
Superframe
Synchronous Optical Network
Synchronization Status Message
Synchronization Supply Unit
synchronous Transport Module
Time Deviation
Temperature-Compensated Crystal Oscillator
Unit Interval
Unit Interval, Peak to Peak
TRADEMARK ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
SPI is a trademark of Motorola, Inc.
Telcordia is a registered trademark of Telcordia Technologies.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
148 of 150
DS3101
17. DATA SHEET REVISION HISTORY
REVISION
NUMBER
0
REVISION
DATE
101706
1
061307
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
DESCRIPTION
Initial release.
In the Feature bullets, changed “G.812 Types I and III” to “G.812
Types I, III, and IV”. Updated spec name from G.pactiming to
G.8261.
In Table 1-1, deleted reference to IEEE 1596.3 standard.
Updated Figure 3-1 to show backplane traces going between timing
cards.
Edited Section 7.4 to indicate minimum high time or low time is 3ns
or 30% of clock period, whichever is smaller.
In Table 7-2, added indications that IC5 and IC6 can be CMOS/TTL
inputs.
Added note at the end of Section 7.7.1.7 to indicate that miniholdover follows the manual holdover setting.
In Section 7.7.2, corrected a typo to say the T4 DPLL only operates
in revertive switching mode rather than “does not have revertive
switching mode.”
Edited section 7.7.6 and the DLIMIT1 and DLIMIT3:FLLOL
descriptions to indicate the T4 DPLL’s hard limit is fixed at ±80ppm
and is not controlled by the HARDLIM field.
In Section 7.8.1, added hyperlink to Maxim App Note HFAN-1.0.
In Table 7-13, updated many of the typical RMS and peak-to-peak
jitter numbers to match actual device performance.
Added a 25MHz row to Table 7-13.
In the 125MHz row of Table 7-13, corrected a typo by changing
“OC4 and OC5 only” to “OC5 only.”
Rewrote Section 7.14 to refer readers to the web or Telecom
Support for the latest initialization scripts.
Edited the OFREQ1 to OFREQ7 fields in the OCR registers to
indicate that if the T4 DPLL is configured for 62.5MHz, then
OFREQ = 1100 specifies T4 APLL frequency divided by 10 to give
an output frequency of 25MHz.
In Table 10-2, changed IDD18 from 95mA typ to 100mA typ and
115mA max to 120mA max; changed IDD33 from 25mA typ to 37mA
typ and 30mA max to 53mA max; changed IDDOC6 and IDDOC7 from
8mA typ to 9mA typ.
In Table 10-3, changed VDD to VDDIO in Note 1.
In Table 10-4, changed VOHLVDS to 1.45V typ, 1.65V max; added
VOLLVDS 1.1V typ; changed VOSLVDS to 1.08V min, 1.28V typ, 1.45V
max.
Added Note 2 to Table 10-4.
In Table 10-5, deleted specs IIHPECL and IIILPECL specs and in Note 2
changed VDD to VDDIO. Added Note 3 to Table 10-5.
In Table 10-6 in the VIHAMI spec, changed max from VDD + 0.3 to
VDDIO + 0.3 and deleted the IAMIOUT, VOHAMI, and VOLAMI specs
because the specs in Table 7-16 and Figure 7-7 are sufficient to
govern output signal performance for OC8.
Updated Figure 10-3 and Table 10-7 and accompanying text to
show new recommended external components.
PAGES
CHANGED
—
1
6
8
20
21
30
33, 89, 96
39
44–47
46
47
58
101–104
130
131
132
133
149 of 150
DS3101
REVISION
NUMBER
2
3
REVISION
DATE
012108
050708
DESCRIPTION
Updated Table 10-8 to clarify minimum high time and low time (and
therefore duty cycle) for input clocks.
Added GBD comments (Note 1) to AC timing characteristics in
Section 10.
In Table 6-8, removed pins R13 and T15 from the N.C. row. (These
pins are already listed in the TM1 and TM2 rows.)
Edited Section 7.12 to emphasize the need for the RST pin to be
asserted once after power-up and to describe the need to wait at
least 100μs after reset is deasserted before initializing the device.
In Section 10, added Note 1 to the Absolute Maximum Ratings.
In Table 6-8, added pins H3, N3, P10, P11, R10, R12, T10–T14 to
the N.C. pin row.
In Table 11-1, added pins H3, N3, P10, P11, R10, R12, T10–T14 to
the N.C. pin row, and removed R13 and T15, which are in the TM1
and TM2 row.
On page 1 and various locations in the document, added mention of
Stratum 2 compliance, expanded G.812 compliance to Types I – IV,
and added G.8262 EEC compliance.
PAGES
CHANGED
134
133, 135,
138, 139
17
57
130
17
141
In Table 1-1, added G.8262.
4
5/09
In Table 6-1, indicated that differential inputs IC5 and IC6 could be
configured as singled-ended CMOS/TTL and how to do it.
1, 6, 12, 19,
59, 138
In Table 7-1, deleted the initial offset row since it is not an oscillator
requirement.
Next to Table 8-1, added note indicating systems must be able to
access entire address range 0-1FFh.
In Table 10-12, changed tCYC min to 166ns to match fBUS max.
19-4596; Rev 4; 5/09
150 of 150